JP2020134806A - Zoom optical system, optical device, and method of manufacturing zoom optical system - Google Patents
Zoom optical system, optical device, and method of manufacturing zoom optical system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- JP2020134806A JP2020134806A JP2019030152A JP2019030152A JP2020134806A JP 2020134806 A JP2020134806 A JP 2020134806A JP 2019030152 A JP2019030152 A JP 2019030152A JP 2019030152 A JP2019030152 A JP 2019030152A JP 2020134806 A JP2020134806 A JP 2020134806A
- Authority
- JP
- Japan
- Prior art keywords
- lens group
- lens
- optical system
- variable magnification
- magnification optical
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 354
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 10
- 230000005499 meniscus Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 100
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 abstract description 203
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 89
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 47
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 36
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 206010010071 Coma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010073261 Ovarian theca cell tumour Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000009310 astigmatism Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001747 pupil Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000001644 thecoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011514 reflex Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013585 weight reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Landscapes
- Lenses (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本発明は、変倍光学系、光学機器、及び変倍光学系の製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a variable magnification optical system, an optical instrument, and a method for manufacturing the variable magnification optical system.
従来、小型で広い画角を実現した変倍光学系が提案されている(例えば、特許文献1参照)。しかしながら、さらなる光学性能の向上が要望されている。 Conventionally, a variable magnification optical system that realizes a small size and a wide angle of view has been proposed (see, for example, Patent Document 1). However, further improvement in optical performance is required.
本発明の第一の態様に係る変倍光学系は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、を有し、変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群と第2レンズ群との間隔が減少し、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、第2レンズ群が像側に移動し、第1レンズ群は、最も物体側に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズを有し、次式の条件を満足する。
N1n ≦ 3
100.00° < 2ωw
但し、
N1n:第1レンズ群に含まれる負レンズの枚数
2ωw:変倍光学系の広角端状態における全画角
The variable magnification optical system according to the first aspect of the present invention has a first lens group having a negative refractive power, a second lens group having a positive refractive power, and a positive refractive power in order from the object side. It has a third lens group, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes when scaling, and the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group when changing from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state. The second lens group moves to the image side when focusing from an infinity object to a short-range object, and the first lens group has a negative meniscus lens with a convex surface facing the object side most. It has and satisfies the condition of the following equation.
N1n ≤ 3
100.00 ° <2ωw
However,
N1n: Number of negative lenses included in the first lens group 2ωw: Total angle of view of the variable magnification optical system at the wide-angle end state
本発明の第二の態様に係る変倍光学系は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、を有し、変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群と第2レンズ群との間隔が減少し、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、第2レンズ群が像側に移動し、第1レンズ群は、最も物体側に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズを有し、次式の条件を満足する。
nL1 < 1.70
但し、
nL1:第1レンズ群の最も物体側のレンズの媒質のd線に対する屈折率
The variable magnification optical system according to the second aspect of the present invention has a first lens group having a negative refractive power, a second lens group having a positive refractive power, and a positive refractive power in order from the object side. It has a third lens group, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes when scaling, and the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group when changing from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state. The second lens group moves to the image side when focusing from an infinity object to a short-range object, and the first lens group has a negative meniscus lens with a convex surface facing the object side most. It has and satisfies the condition of the following equation.
nL1 <1.70
However,
nL1: Refractive index of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group with respect to the d line of the medium
本発明の第三の態様に係る変倍光学系は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、を有し、変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群と第2レンズ群との間隔が減少し、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、第2レンズ群が像側に移動し、第1レンズ群は、最も物体側に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズを有し、次式の条件を満足する。
59.00 < (Σν1n)/N1n
N1n ≦ 3
但し、
N1n:第1レンズ群に含まれる負レンズの枚数
Σν1n:第1レンズ群に含まれる負レンズの媒質のd線に対するアッベ数の合計
The variable magnification optical system according to the third aspect of the present invention has a first lens group having a negative refractive power, a second lens group having a positive refractive power, and a positive refractive power in order from the object side. It has a third lens group, and the distance between adjacent lens groups changes when scaling, and the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group when changing from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state. The second lens group moves to the image side when focusing from an infinity object to a short-range object, and the first lens group has a negative meniscus lens with a convex surface facing the object side most. It has and satisfies the condition of the following equation.
59.00 <(Σν1n) / N1n
N1n ≤ 3
However,
N1n: Number of negative lenses included in the first lens group Σν1n: Abbe number of negative lenses included in the first lens group with respect to the d-line of the medium
本発明の第一の態様に係る変倍光学系の製造方法は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、を有する変倍光学系の製造方法であって、変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群と第2レンズ群との間隔が減少するように配置し、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、第2レンズ群が像側に移動するように配置し、第1レンズ群の最も物体側に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズを配置し、次式の条件を満足するように配置する。
N1n ≦ 3
100.00° < 2ωw
但し、
N1n:第1レンズ群に含まれる負レンズの枚数
2ωw:変倍光学系の広角端状態における全画角
In the method for manufacturing a variable magnification optical system according to the first aspect of the present invention, in order from the object side, a first lens group having a negative refractive power, a second lens group having a positive refractive power, and positive refraction It is a method of manufacturing a variable magnification optical system having a third lens group having power, and when the magnification is changed, the distance between adjacent lens groups changes, and when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, The first lens group is arranged so that the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group is reduced, and the second lens group is arranged so as to move toward the image side when focusing from an infinity object to a short-range object. A negative meniscus lens with a convex surface facing the object side is arranged on the most object side of the lens group so as to satisfy the condition of the following equation.
N1n ≤ 3
100.00 ° <2ωw
However,
N1n: Number of negative lenses included in the first lens group 2ωw: Total angle of view in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system
以下、好ましい実施形態について図面を参照して説明する。 Hereinafter, preferred embodiments will be described with reference to the drawings.
[第1の実施形態]
第1の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、図1に示すように、負の屈折力を有し、少なくとも2枚のレンズを有する第1レンズ群G1と、この第1レンズ群G1の像側に配置された少なくとも1つのレンズ群を有する後群GRとから構成されている。また、第1の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群が変化する。このように構成することにより、本実施形態を満足する変倍比を確保することができる。
[First Embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 1, the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and having at least two lenses, and the first lens group G1. It is composed of a rear group GR having at least one lens group arranged on the image side. Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first embodiment, when the magnification is changed, the adjacent lens groups change. With this configuration, it is possible to secure a scaling ratio that satisfies the present embodiment.
また、第1の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(1)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (1) shown below.
80.00 < ν1n (1)
但し、
ν1n:第1レンズ群G1に含まれる負レンズの少なくとも1枚の媒質のd線に対するアッベ数
80.00 <ν1n (1)
However,
ν1n: Abbe number of at least one medium of the negative lens included in the first lens group G1 with respect to the d-line.
条件式(1)は、第1レンズ群G1に含まれる負レンズの少なくとも1枚の媒質のd線に対するアッベ数を規定するものである(以下、第1レンズ群G1の条件式(1)を満足する負レンズを「特定負レンズ」と呼ぶ)。この条件式(1)を満足することにより、倍率色収差をはじめとする諸収差の発生を良好に補正しつつ、第1レンズ群G1のレンズ枚数を削減することによる軽量化が可能となり、また、この第1レンズ群G1を構成するレンズの媒質(硝材)を適切に選択することができる。なお、条件式(1)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(1)の下限値を82.00、85.00、88.00、90.00、93.00、更に95.00とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (1) defines the Abbe number of at least one medium of the negative lens included in the first lens group G1 with respect to the d-line (hereinafter, the conditional expression (1) of the first lens group G1 is used. A satisfying negative lens is called a "specific negative lens"). By satisfying this conditional expression (1), it is possible to reduce the weight by reducing the number of lenses in the first lens group G1 while satisfactorily correcting the occurrence of various aberrations such as chromatic aberration of magnification. The medium (glass material) of the lens constituting the first lens group G1 can be appropriately selected. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (1), the lower limit of the conditional expression (1) is set to 82.00, 85.00, 88.00, 90.00, 93.00, and 95. It is more desirable to set it to .00.
また、第1の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(2)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (2) shown below.
1.05 < nL2/nL1 (2)
但し、
nL1:第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの媒質のd線に対する屈折率
nL2:第1レンズ群G1の物体側から2番目のレンズの媒質のd線に対する屈折率
1.05 <nL2 / nL1 (2)
However,
nL1: Refractive index of the lens of the first lens group G1 on the most object side with respect to the d line of the medium nL2: Refractive index of the second lens of the first lens group G1 from the object side with respect to the d line of the medium
条件式(2)は、第1レンズ群G1において、最も物体側のレンズと及び物体側から2番目のレンズの各々の媒質のd線に対する屈折率の比を規定するものである。この条件式(2)を満足することにより、像面湾曲や非点収差をはじめとする諸収差の発生を良好に補正しつつ、第1レンズ群G1のレンズ枚数を削減することによる軽量化が可能となり、また、この第1レンズ群G1を構成するレンズの媒質(硝材)を適切に選択することができる。なお、条件式(2)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(2)の下限値を、1.08、1.10、1.11、1.13、1.14、更に1.15とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (2) defines the ratio of the refractive index of each medium of the lens closest to the object side and the lens second from the object side to the d line in the first lens group G1. By satisfying this conditional expression (2), the weight can be reduced by reducing the number of lenses in the first lens group G1 while satisfactorily correcting the occurrence of various aberrations such as curvature of field and astigmatism. In addition, the medium (glass material) of the lens constituting the first lens group G1 can be appropriately selected. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (2), the lower limit of the conditional expression (2) is set to 1.08, 1.10, 1.11, 1.13, 1.14, and further. It is more desirable to set it to 1.15.
また、第1の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(3)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (3) shown below.
N1n ≦ 4 (3)
但し、
N1n:第1レンズ群G1に含まれる負レンズの枚数
N1n ≤ 4 (3)
However,
N1n: Number of negative lenses included in the first lens group G1
条件式(3)は、第1レンズ群G1に含まれる負レンズの枚数を規定するものである。この条件式(3)を満足することにより、第1レンズ群G1の負レンズの枚数を削減することによる軽量化が可能となる。また、合焦時や変倍時の収差変動を小さくすることができる。なお、条件式(3)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(3)の上限値を3とすることが望ましい。また、条件式(3)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(3)の下限値を1とする(1<N1nとする)、すなわち第1レンズ群G1は少なくとも1枚の負レンズを有することが望ましい。 The conditional expression (3) defines the number of negative lenses included in the first lens group G1. By satisfying this conditional expression (3), it is possible to reduce the weight by reducing the number of negative lenses in the first lens group G1. In addition, it is possible to reduce aberration fluctuations during focusing and scaling. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (3), it is desirable that the upper limit value of the conditional expression (3) is 3. Further, in order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (3), the lower limit value of the conditional expression (3) is set to 1 (1 <N1n), that is, the first lens group G1 has at least one lens. It is desirable to have a negative lens.
また、第1の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(4)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (4) shown below.
100.00° < 2ωw (4)
但し、
2ωw:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における全画角
100.00 ° <2ωw (4)
However,
2ωw: Total angle of view of the variable magnification optical system ZL at the wide-angle end state
条件式(4)は、変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における全画角を規定するものである。この条件式(4)を満足することにより、本変倍光学系ZLを明るい超広角ズームレンズとすることができる。なお、条件式(4)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(4)の下限値を105.00°、110.00°、112.00°、更に114.00°とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (4) defines the total angle of view of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state. By satisfying this conditional expression (4), the present variable magnification optical system ZL can be a bright ultra-wide-angle zoom lens. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (4), the lower limit values of the conditional expression (4) are set to 105.00 °, 110.00 °, 112.00 °, and further 114.00 °. Is more desirable.
また、第1の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(5)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (5) shown below.
nL1 < 1.70 (5)
但し、
nL1:第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの媒質のd線に対する屈折率
nL1 <1.70 (5)
However,
nL1: Refractive index of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1 with respect to the d line of the medium.
条件式(5)は、第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの媒質のd線に対する屈折率を規定するものである。この条件式(5)を満足することにより、第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側に低屈折率の媒質(硝材)のレンズが配置されるので、ペッツバール和を良好に補正することができる。また、合焦時や変倍時の収差変動を小さくすることができる。なお、条件式(5)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(5)の上限値を1.69、1.68、1.66、1.65、1.64、更に1.63とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (5) defines the refractive index of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1 with respect to the d-line of the medium. By satisfying this conditional expression (5), the lens of the medium (glass material) having a low refractive index is arranged on the most object side of the first lens group G1, so that the Petzval sum can be satisfactorily corrected. In addition, it is possible to reduce aberration fluctuations during focusing and scaling. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (5), the upper limit of the conditional expression (5) is set to 1.69, 1.68, 1.66, 1.65, 1.64, and further 1. It is more desirable to set it to .63.
[第2の実施形態]
第2の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、図1に示すように、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、この第1レンズ群G1の像側に配置された少なくとも1つのレンズ群を有する後群GRとから構成されている。また、第2の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。このように構成することにより、本実施形態を満足する変倍比を確保することができる。
[Second Embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 1, the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the second embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and at least one arranged on the image side of the first lens group G1. It is composed of a rear group GR having a lens group. Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the second embodiment, the distance between adjacent lens groups changes at the time of magnification change. With this configuration, it is possible to secure a scaling ratio that satisfies the present embodiment.
また、第2の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(6)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the second embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (6) shown below.
85.00mm2 < fw×(−f1)/Fnow < 165.00mm2
(6)
但し、
fw:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における焦点距離
f1:第1レンズ群G1の焦点距離
Fnow:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における無限遠物体合焦時での開放Fナンバー
85.00mm 2 <fw × (-f1) / Fnow <165.00mm 2
(6)
However,
fw: Focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state f1: Focal length of the first lens group G1 Fnow: Open F number at the time of focusing an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system ZL
条件式(6)は、変倍光学系ZLの開放Fナンバーに対する第1レンズ群G1の適切な屈折力(パワー)を規定するものである。この条件式(6)を満足することにより、第1レンズ群G1のレンズ枚数を削減することによる軽量化と第1レンズ群G1の適切な屈折力(パワー)による高性能化を両立することができる。また、本変倍光学系ZLを明るい超広角ズームレンズにも対応させることができる。なお、条件式(6)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(6)の上限値を160.00mm2、155.00mm2、150.00mm2、145.00mm2、140.00mm2、135.00mm2、130.00mm2、125.00mm2、120.00mm2、更に115.00mm2とすることがより望ましい。また、条件式(6)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(6)の下限値を90.00mm2、95.00mm2、100.00mm2、102.00mm2、103.00mm2、更に104.00mm2とすることがより望ましい。
The conditional expression (6) defines an appropriate refractive power (power) of the first lens group G1 with respect to the open F number of the variable magnification optical system ZL. By satisfying this conditional expression (6), it is possible to achieve both weight reduction by reducing the number of lenses in the first lens group G1 and high performance by appropriate refractive power (power) of the first lens group G1. it can. In addition, the variable magnification optical system ZL can be made compatible with a bright ultra-wide-angle zoom lens. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (6), the upper limit values of the conditional expression (6) are set to 160.00 mm 2 , 155.00 mm 2 , 150.00 mm 2 , 145.00 mm 2 , 140. 00mm 2, 135.00mm 2, 130.00mm 2 , 125.00
また、第2の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(3A)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the second embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (3A) shown below.
N1n ≦ 3 (3A)
但し、
N1n:第1レンズ群G1に含まれる負レンズの枚数
N1n ≤ 3 (3A)
However,
N1n: Number of negative lenses included in the first lens group G1
この条件式(3A)の説明は上述した条件式(3)と同じである。 The explanation of this conditional expression (3A) is the same as that of the above-mentioned conditional expression (3).
また、第2の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(4)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the second embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (4) shown below.
100.00° < 2ωw (4)
但し、
2ωw:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における全画角
100.00 ° <2ωw (4)
However,
2ωw: Total angle of view of the variable magnification optical system ZL at the wide-angle end state
この条件式(4)の説明は上述した通りである。 The description of this conditional expression (4) is as described above.
また、第2の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(5)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the second embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (5) shown below.
nL1 < 1.70 (5)
但し、
nL1:第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの媒質のd線に対する屈折率
nL1 <1.70 (5)
However,
nL1: Refractive index of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1 with respect to the d line of the medium.
この条件式(5)の説明は上述した通りである。 The description of this conditional expression (5) is as described above.
[第3の実施形態]
第3の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、図1に示すように、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、この第1レンズ群G1の像側に配置された少なくとも1つのレンズ群を有する後群GRとから構成されている。また、本実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化する。このように構成することにより、本実施形態を満足する変倍比を確保することができる。
[Third Embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 1, the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the third embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and at least one arranged on the image side of the first lens group G1. It is composed of a rear group GR having a lens group. Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the present embodiment, the distance between adjacent lens groups changes at the time of magnification change. With this configuration, it is possible to secure a scaling ratio that satisfies the present embodiment.
また、第3の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(7)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the third embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (7) shown below.
−4.00<(L1r2+L1r1)/(L1r2−L1r1)<−0.50
(7)
但し、
L1r1:第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの物体側のレンズ面の曲率半径
L1r2:第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの像側のレンズ面の曲率半径
-4.00 <(L1r2 + L1r1) / (L1r2-L1r1) <-0.50
(7)
However,
L1r1: Radius of curvature of the lens surface on the object side of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1 L1r2: Radius of curvature of the lens surface on the image side of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1
条件式(7)は、第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの形状を規定するものである。この条件式(7)を満足することにより、第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズは、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズとなるため、小型化と良好な収差補正を両立することができる。また、合焦時や変倍時の収差変動を小さくすることができる。また、本変倍光学系ZLを明るい超広角ズームレンズにも対応させることができる。条件式(7)の上限値を上回ると、歪曲収差の増大や製造性の低下が生じるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(7)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(7)の上限値を−0.60、−0.70、−0.80、−0.85、−0.90、−0.95、−0.98、−1.00、更に−1.05とすることがより望ましい。また、条件式(7)の下限値を下回ると、物体側のレンズ面の曲率半径が短くなり、変倍光学系ZLが大きく重たくなるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(7)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(7)の下限値を−3.50、−3.00、−2.50、−2.25、−2.00、−1.80、−1.65、更に−1.55とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (7) defines the shape of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1. By satisfying this conditional expression (7), the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1 becomes a negative meniscus lens with a convex surface facing the object side, so that both miniaturization and good aberration correction can be achieved at the same time. Can be done. In addition, it is possible to reduce aberration fluctuations during focusing and scaling. In addition, the variable magnification optical system ZL can be made compatible with a bright ultra-wide-angle zoom lens. Exceeding the upper limit of the conditional expression (7) is not preferable because the distortion aberration increases and the manufacturability decreases. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (7), the upper limit of the conditional expression (7) is set to -0.60, -0.70, -0.80, -0.85, -0. It is more desirable to set it to .90, -0.95, -0.98, -1.00, and further -1.05. Further, if it is less than the lower limit of the conditional expression (7), the radius of curvature of the lens surface on the object side becomes short, and the variable magnification optical system ZL becomes large and heavy, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (7), the lower limit values of the conditional expression (7) are set to -3.50, -3.00, -2.50, -2.25, -2. It is more desirable to set it to .00, -1.80, -1.65, and further -1.55.
また、第3の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(4)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the third embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (4) shown below.
100.00° < 2ωw (4)
但し、
2ωw:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における全画角
100.00 ° <2ωw (4)
However,
2ωw: Total angle of view of the variable magnification optical system ZL at the wide-angle end state
この条件式(4)の説明は上述した通りである。 The description of this conditional expression (4) is as described above.
また、第3の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(3)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the third embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (3) shown below.
N1n ≦ 4 (3)
但し、
N1n:第1レンズ群G1に含まれる負レンズの枚数
N1n ≤ 4 (3)
However,
N1n: Number of negative lenses included in the first lens group G1
この条件式(3)の説明は、上述した通りである。 The description of this conditional expression (3) is as described above.
また、第3の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(5)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the third embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (5) shown below.
nL1 < 1.70 (5)
但し、
nL1:第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの媒質のd線に対する屈折率
nL1 <1.70 (5)
However,
nL1: Refractive index of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1 with respect to the d line of the medium.
この条件式(5)の説明は上述した通りである。 The description of this conditional expression (5) is as described above.
[第4の実施形態]
第4の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、図1に示すように、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3とを有している。また、第4の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、また、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、本実施形態を満足する変倍比を確保することができる。また、第4の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、第2レンズ群G2が像側に移動することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、合焦時の収差変動を小さくすることができる。
[Fourth Embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 1, the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the fourth embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power, and a positive refraction. It has a third lens group G3 having power. Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the fourth embodiment, the distance between adjacent lens groups changes during magnification change, and the first lens group changes from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. It is desirable that the distance between G1 and the second lens group G2 is reduced. With this configuration, it is possible to secure a scaling ratio that satisfies the present embodiment. Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the fourth embodiment, it is desirable that the second lens group G2 moves to the image side when focusing from an infinity object to a short-distance object. With this configuration, it is possible to reduce the aberration fluctuation during focusing.
また、第4の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、第1レンズ群G1は、最も物体側に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズを有することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、小型化と良好な収差補正を両立することができる。また、合焦時や変倍時の収差変動を小さくすることができる。また、本変倍光学系ZLを明るい超広角ズームレンズにも対応させることができる。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the fourth embodiment, it is desirable that the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens having a convex surface facing the object side on the most object side. With such a configuration, both miniaturization and good aberration correction can be achieved at the same time. In addition, it is possible to reduce aberration fluctuations during focusing and scaling. In addition, the variable magnification optical system ZL can be made compatible with a bright ultra-wide-angle zoom lens.
また、第2の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(3A)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the second embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (3A) shown below.
N1n ≦ 3 (3A)
但し、
N1n:第1レンズ群G1に含まれる負レンズの枚数
N1n ≤ 3 (3A)
However,
N1n: Number of negative lenses included in the first lens group G1
この条件式(3A)の説明は上述した条件式(3)と同じである。 The explanation of this conditional expression (3A) is the same as that of the above-mentioned conditional expression (3).
また、第2の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(4)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the second embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (4) shown below.
100.00° < 2ωw (4)
但し、
2ωw:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における全画角
100.00 ° <2ωw (4)
However,
2ωw: Total angle of view of the variable magnification optical system ZL at the wide-angle end state
この条件式(4)の説明は上述した通りである。 The description of this conditional expression (4) is as described above.
[第5の実施形態]
第5の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、図1に示すように、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3とを有している。また、第5の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、また、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、本実施形態を満足する変倍比を確保することができる。また、第4の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、第2レンズ群G2が像側に移動することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、合焦時の収差変動を小さくすることができる。
[Fifth Embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 1, the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the fifth embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power, and a positive refraction. It has a third lens group G3 having power. Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the fifth embodiment, the distance between adjacent lens groups changes during magnification change, and the first lens group changes from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. It is desirable that the distance between G1 and the second lens group G2 is reduced. With this configuration, it is possible to secure a scaling ratio that satisfies the present embodiment. Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the fourth embodiment, it is desirable that the second lens group G2 moves to the image side when focusing from an infinity object to a short-distance object. With this configuration, it is possible to reduce the aberration fluctuation during focusing.
また、第5の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、第1レンズ群G1は、最も物体側に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズを有することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、小型化と良好な収差補正を両立することができる。また、合焦時や変倍時の収差変動を小さくすることができる。また、本変倍光学系ZLを明るい超広角ズームレンズにも対応させることができる。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the fifth embodiment, it is desirable that the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens having a convex surface facing the object side on the most object side. With such a configuration, both miniaturization and good aberration correction can be achieved at the same time. In addition, it is possible to reduce aberration fluctuations during focusing and scaling. In addition, the variable magnification optical system ZL can be made compatible with a bright ultra-wide-angle zoom lens.
また、第5の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(5)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the fifth embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (5) shown below.
nL1 < 1.70 (5)
但し、
nL1:第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの媒質のd線に対する屈折率
nL1 <1.70 (5)
However,
nL1: Refractive index of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1 with respect to the d line of the medium.
この条件式(5)の説明は上述した通りである。 The description of this conditional expression (5) is as described above.
[第6の実施形態]
第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、図1に示すように、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3とを有している。また、第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、また、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、本実施形態を満足する変倍比を確保することができる。また、第4の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、第2レンズ群G2が像側に移動することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、合焦時の収差変動を小さくすることができる。
[Sixth Embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 1, the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the sixth embodiment has a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power, a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power, and a positive refraction. It has a third lens group G3 having power. Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the sixth embodiment, the distance between adjacent lens groups changes when the magnification is changed, and when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, the first lens group It is desirable that the distance between G1 and the second lens group G2 is reduced. With this configuration, it is possible to secure a scaling ratio that satisfies the present embodiment. Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the fourth embodiment, it is desirable that the second lens group G2 moves to the image side when focusing from an infinity object to a short-distance object. With this configuration, it is possible to reduce the aberration fluctuation during focusing.
また、第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、第1レンズ群G1は、最も物体側に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズを有することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、小型化と良好な収差補正を両立することができる。また、合焦時や変倍時の収差変動を小さくすることができる。また、本変倍光学系ZLを明るい超広角ズームレンズにも対応させることができる。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the sixth embodiment, it is desirable that the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens having a convex surface facing the object side on the most object side. With such a configuration, both miniaturization and good aberration correction can be achieved at the same time. In addition, it is possible to reduce aberration fluctuations during focusing and scaling. In addition, the variable magnification optical system ZL can be made compatible with a bright ultra-wide-angle zoom lens.
また、第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(8)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the sixth embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (8) shown below.
59.00 < (Σν1n)/N1n (8)
但し、
N1n:第1レンズ群G1に含まれる負レンズの枚数
Σν1n:第1レンズ群G1に含まれる負レンズの媒質のd線に対するアッベ数の合計
59.00 <(Σν1n) / N1n (8)
However,
N1n: Number of negative lenses included in the first lens group G1 Σν1n: Total Abbe number of the negative lens contained in the first lens group G1 with respect to the d-line
条件式(8)は、第1レンズ群G1に含まれる負レンズの枚数に対するアッベ数の合計の比を規定するものである。この条件式(8)を満足することにより、第1レンズ群G1内のレンズ枚数を減らして小型軽量にしつつもこのレンズの媒質(硝材)を低分散のものから選ぶことで色収差をズーム全域で良好に補正することができる。なお、条件式(8)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(8)の下限値を60.00、60.50、61.00、61.50、61.80、更に62.00とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (8) defines the ratio of the total number of Abbe numbers to the number of negative lenses included in the first lens group G1. By satisfying this conditional expression (8), the number of lenses in the first lens group G1 is reduced to make it smaller and lighter, and the medium (glass material) of this lens is selected from those with low dispersion to reduce chromatic aberration over the entire zoom range. It can be corrected satisfactorily. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (8), the lower limit of the conditional expression (8) is set to 60.00, 60.50, 61.00, 61.50, 61.80, and 62. It is more desirable to set it to .00.
また、第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(9)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the sixth embodiment satisfies the conditional expression (9) shown below.
100.00 < (Σ(ν1n×f1n))/(N1n×f1) (9)
但し、
N1n:第1レンズ群G1に含まれる負レンズの枚数
f1:第1レンズ群G1の焦点距離
Σ(ν1n×f1n):第1レンズ群G1に含まれる負レンズの媒質のd線に対するアッベ数ν1nと焦点距離f1nとの積の総和
100.00 <(Σ (ν1n × f1n)) / (N1n × f1) (9)
However,
N1n: Number of negative lenses included in the first lens group G1 f1: Focal length of the first lens group G1 Σ (ν1n × f1n): Abbe number ν1n with respect to the d line of the medium of the negative lens included in the first lens group G1 Sum of the products of and the focal length f1n
条件式(9)は、第1レンズ群G1の焦点距離と、第1レンズ群G1に含まれる負レンズの枚数に対するアッベ数の合計の比との適切な関係を規定するものである。この条件式(9)を満足することにより、第1レンズ群G1内のレンズ枚数を減らして小型軽量にしつつも、第1レンズ群G1の適切な屈折力(パワー)を得ることができ、また、媒質(硝材)を低分散のものから選ぶことで色収差をズーム全域で良好に補正することができる。なお、条件式(9)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(9)の下限値を105.00、110.00、115.00、118.00、120.00、123.00、更に125.00とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (9) defines an appropriate relationship between the focal length of the first lens group G1 and the ratio of the total number of Abbe numbers to the number of negative lenses included in the first lens group G1. By satisfying this conditional expression (9), it is possible to obtain an appropriate refractive power (power) of the first lens group G1 while reducing the number of lenses in the first lens group G1 to make it smaller and lighter. By selecting the medium (glass material) from those with low dispersion, chromatic aberration can be satisfactorily corrected over the entire zoom range. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (9), the lower limit of the conditional expression (9) is set to 105.00, 110.00, 115.00, 118.00, 120.00, 123. It is more desirable to set it to 00 and further to 125.00.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(10)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments satisfies the conditional expression (10) shown below.
1.20 < Bfw/fw < 4.00 (10)
但し、
fw:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における焦点距離
Bfw:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態におけるバックフォーカス
1.20 <Bfw / fw <4.00 (10)
However,
fw: Focal length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state Bfw: Back focus of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state
条件式(10)は、広角端状態における全系の焦点距離に対するバックフォーカスの比を規定するものである。この条件式(10)を満足することにより、小型化と良好な収差補正を両立することができる。条件式(10)の上限値を上回ると、バックフォーカスが長くなりすぎるため、本変倍光学系ZLの小型化が困難となるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(10)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(10)の上限値を3.50、3.30、3.00、2.90、2.80、2.75、更に2.72とすることがより望ましい。また、条件式(10)の下限値を下回ると、像面から射出瞳までの距離が短くなりすぎるため、収差補正や周辺光量の確保に不利となるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(10)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(10)の下限値を1.25、1.30、1.35、1.40、1.45、1.50、1.55、更に1.60とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (10) defines the ratio of the back focus to the focal length of the entire system in the wide-angle end state. By satisfying this conditional expression (10), both miniaturization and good aberration correction can be achieved at the same time. If the upper limit of the conditional expression (10) is exceeded, the back focus becomes too long, which makes it difficult to miniaturize the variable magnification optical system ZL, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (10), the upper limit of the conditional expression (10) is set to 3.50, 3.30, 3.00, 2.90, 2.80, 2. It is more desirable to set it to 75, and further to 2.72. Further, if it is less than the lower limit of the conditional expression (10), the distance from the image plane to the exit pupil becomes too short, which is disadvantageous for correcting aberrations and securing the amount of peripheral light, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (10), the lower limit values of the conditional expression (10) are set to 1.25, 1.30, 1.35, 1.40, 1.45, 1. It is more desirable to set it to 50, 1.55, and further 1.60.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(11)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments satisfies the conditional expression (11) shown below.
0.40 < STLw/TLw < 0.70 (11)
但し、
TLw:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における光学全長
STLw:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における最も物体側のレンズ面から絞り面までの光軸上の距離
0.40 <STLw / TLw <0.70 (11)
However,
TLw: Total optical length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state STRw: Distance on the optical axis from the lens surface to the aperture surface on the most object side in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system ZL
条件式(11)は、広角端状態における全長と絞り位置の割合を規定するものである。この条件式(11)を満足することにより、小型化と良好な収差補正を両立することができる。条件式(11)の上限値を上回ると、最も物体側のレンズ面から入射瞳までの距離が遠くなり、歪曲収差や像面湾曲の補正が困難となるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(11)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(11)の上限値を0.68、0.65、0.64、0.63、0.62、0.61、更に0.58とすることがより望ましい。また、条件式(11)の下限値を下回ると、像面から射出瞳までの距離が遠くなり全長の増大を招くため好ましくない。なお、条件式(11)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(11)の下限値を0.43、0.45、0.46、0.47、0.48、更に0.49とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (11) defines the ratio between the total length and the aperture position in the wide-angle end state. By satisfying this conditional expression (11), both miniaturization and good aberration correction can be achieved at the same time. If it exceeds the upper limit of the conditional expression (11), the distance from the lens surface on the object side to the entrance pupil becomes long, and it becomes difficult to correct distortion and curvature of field, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (11), the upper limit of the conditional expression (11) is set to 0.68, 0.65, 0.64, 0.63, 0.62, 0. It is more desirable to set it to 61, further 0.58. Further, if it is less than the lower limit of the conditional expression (11), the distance from the image plane to the exit pupil becomes long and the total length is increased, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (11), the lower limit of the conditional expression (11) is set to 0.43, 0.45, 0.46, 0.47, 0.48, and further 0. It is more desirable to set it to .49.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(12)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments satisfies the conditional expression (12) shown below.
1.00 < (−f1)/fw < 2.00 (12)
但し、
fw:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における焦点距離
f1:第1レンズ群G1の焦点距離
1.00 <(-f1) / fw <2.00 (12)
However,
fw: Focal length in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system ZL f1: Focal length of the first lens group G1
条件式(12)は、広角端状態における全系の焦点距離に対する第1レンズ群G1の焦点距離の比を規定するものである。この条件式(12)を満足することにより、小型化と高性能を両立するための第1レンズ群G1の屈折力(パワー)を決めることができる。条件式(12)の上限値を上回ると、第1レンズ群G1の屈折力が弱くなりすぎてレンズが大きくなるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(12)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(12)の上限値を1.90、1.80、1.70、1.65、1.63、1.60、更に1.59とすることがより望ましい。また、条件式(12)の下限値を下回ると、第1レンズ群G1の屈折力が強くなりすぎるため良好な収差補正ができず好ましくない。なお、条件式(12)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(12)の下限値を1.10、1.20、1.25、1.30、1.35、1.38、1.40、更に1.42とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (12) defines the ratio of the focal length of the first lens group G1 to the focal length of the entire system in the wide-angle end state. By satisfying this conditional expression (12), the refractive power (power) of the first lens group G1 for achieving both miniaturization and high performance can be determined. If the upper limit of the conditional expression (12) is exceeded, the refractive power of the first lens group G1 becomes too weak and the lens becomes large, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (12), the upper limit of the conditional expression (12) is set to 1.90, 1.80, 1.70, 1.65, 1.63, 1. It is more desirable to set it to 60 and further 1.59. Further, if it is less than the lower limit value of the conditional expression (12), the refractive power of the first lens group G1 becomes too strong, and good aberration correction cannot be performed, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (12), the lower limit values of the conditional expression (12) are set to 1.10, 1.20, 1.25, 1.30, 1.35, 1. It is more desirable to set 38, 1.40, and further 1.42.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(13)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments satisfies the conditional expression (13) shown below.
0.65 < (−f1)/ft < 1.20 (13)
但し、
ft:変倍光学系ZLの望遠端状態における焦点距離
f1:第1レンズ群G1の焦点距離
0.65 <(-f1) / ft <1.20 (13)
However,
ft: Focal length in the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system ZL f1: Focal length of the first lens group G1
条件式(13)は、望遠端状態における全系の焦点距離に対する第1レンズ群G1の焦点距離の比を規定するものである。この条件式(13)を満足することにより、小型化と高性能を両立するための第1レンズ群G1の屈折力(パワー)を決めることができる。条件式(13)の上限値を上回ると、第1レンズ群G1の屈折力が弱くなりすぎてレンズが大きくなるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(13)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(13)の上限値を1.15、1.10、1.08、1.05、1.03、更に1.00とすることがより望ましい。また、条件式(13)の下限値を下回ると、変倍比が大きくなりすぎるため良好な収差補正ができず好ましくない。なお、条件式(13)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(13)の下限値を0.70、0.75、0.78、0.80、0.83、0.85、更に0.87とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (13) defines the ratio of the focal length of the first lens group G1 to the focal length of the entire system in the telephoto end state. By satisfying this conditional expression (13), the refractive power (power) of the first lens group G1 for achieving both miniaturization and high performance can be determined. If the upper limit of the conditional expression (13) is exceeded, the refractive power of the first lens group G1 becomes too weak and the lens becomes large, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (13), the upper limit values of the conditional expression (13) are set to 1.15, 1.10, 1.08, 1.05, 1.03, and further 1. It is more desirable to set it to .00. Further, if it is less than the lower limit value of the conditional expression (13), the scaling ratio becomes too large, and good aberration correction cannot be performed, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (13), the lower limit of the conditional expression (13) is set to 0.70, 0.75, 0.78, 0.80, 0.83, 0. It is more desirable to set it to 85 and further to 0.87.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(14)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments satisfies the conditional expression (14) shown below.
1.00 < fL1/f1 < 2.00 (14)
但し、
f1:第1レンズ群G1の焦点距離
fL1:第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの焦点距離
1.00 <fL1 / f1 <2.00 (14)
However,
f1: Focal length of the first lens group G1 fL1: Focal length of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1
条件式(14)は、第1レンズ群G1とこの第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズとの焦点距離の比を規定するものである。この条件式(14)を満足することにより、小型化と良好な収差補正を両立することができる。条件式(14)の上限値を上回ると、第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの屈折力(パワー)が弱くなりすぎ、変倍光学系ZLの大型化や周辺光量の低下を招くため好ましくない。なお、条件式(14)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(14)の上限値を1.90、1.80、1.75、1.70、1.65、1.60、更に1.59とすることがより望ましい。また、条件式(14)の下限値を下回ると、第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの屈折力(パワー)が強くなりすぎ、コマ収差や像面湾曲の補正が困難になるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(14)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(14)の下限値を1.05、1.10、1.15、1.20、1.25、1.28、更に1.30とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (14) defines the ratio of the focal lengths of the first lens group G1 and the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1. By satisfying this conditional expression (14), both miniaturization and good aberration correction can be achieved at the same time. If the upper limit of the conditional expression (14) is exceeded, the refractive power (power) of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1 becomes too weak, which causes an increase in the size of the variable magnification optical system ZL and a decrease in the amount of peripheral light. Not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (14), the upper limit of the conditional expression (14) is set to 1.90, 1.80, 1.75, 1.70, 1.65, 1. It is more desirable to set it to 60 and further 1.59. Further, if it is less than the lower limit of the conditional expression (14), the refractive power (power) of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1 becomes too strong, and it becomes difficult to correct coma aberration and curvature of field, which is preferable. Absent. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (14), the lower limit values of the conditional expression (14) are set to 1.05, 1.10, 1.15, 1.20, 1.25, 1. It is more desirable to set it to 28 and further 1.30.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(15)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments satisfies the conditional expression (15) shown below.
1.00 < fL2/f1 < 4.00 (15)
但し、
f1:第1レンズ群G1の焦点距離
fL2:第1レンズ群G1の物体側から2番目のレンズの焦点距離
1.00 <fL2 / f1 <4.00 (15)
However,
f1: Focal length of the first lens group G1 fL2: Focal length of the second lens from the object side of the first lens group G1
条件式(15)は、第1レンズ群G1とこの第1レンズ群G1の物体側から2番目のレンズとの焦点距離の比を規定するものである。この条件式(15)を満足することにより、小型化と良好な収差補正を両立することができる。条件式(15)の上限値を上回ると、第1レンズ群G1の物体側から2番目のレンズの屈折力(パワー)が弱くなりすぎ、像面湾曲等の補正に適さないため好ましくない。なお、条件式(15)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(15)の上限値を3.85、3.60、3.50、3.45、3.40、3.35、更に3.30とすることがより望ましい。また、条件式(15)の下限値を下回ると、第1レンズ群G1の物体側から2番目のレンズの屈折力(パワー)が強くなりすぎ、球面収差やコマ収差の補正が困難になるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(15)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(15)の下限値を1.10、1.20、1.50、1.70、1.80、1.90、2.00、更に2.10とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (15) defines the ratio of the focal lengths of the first lens group G1 and the second lens of the first lens group G1 from the object side. By satisfying this conditional expression (15), both miniaturization and good aberration correction can be achieved at the same time. If it exceeds the upper limit of the conditional expression (15), the refractive power of the second lens from the object side of the first lens group G1 becomes too weak and is not suitable for correction of curvature of field, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (15), the upper limit of the conditional expression (15) is set to 3.85, 3.60, 3.50, 3.45, 3.40, 3. It is more desirable to set it to 35 and further to 3.30. Further, if it is less than the lower limit of the conditional equation (15), the refractive power (power) of the second lens from the object side of the first lens group G1 becomes too strong, and it becomes difficult to correct spherical aberration and coma. Not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (15), the lower limit of the conditional expression (15) is set to 1.10, 1.20, 1.50, 1.70, 1.80, 1.80. More preferably, it is 90, 2.00, and further 2.10.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(16)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments satisfies the conditional expression (16) shown below.
3.50 < TLw/Bfw < 8.00 (16)
但し、
Bfw:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態におけるバックフォーカス
TLw:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における光学全長
3.50 <TLw / Bfw <8.00 (16)
However,
Bfw: Back focus of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state TLw: Optical total length of the variable magnification optical system ZL in the wide-angle end state
条件式(16)は、広角端状態におけるバックフォーカスと全長との比を規定するものである。この条件式(16)を満足することにより、小型化と良好な収差補正を両立することができる。条件式(16)の上限値を上回ると、全長が長くなりすぎるかバックフォーカスが短くなりすぎるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(16)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(16)の上限値を7.80、7.50、7.25、7.00、6.90、6.80、6.75、6.70、6.65、更に6.50とすることがより望ましい。また、条件式(16)の下限値を下回ると、全長が短くなりすぎ、良好な収差補正が困難となるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(16)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(16)の下限値を3.65、3.75、3.80、3.85、3.90、3.95、更に4.00とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (16) defines the ratio of the back focus to the total length in the wide-angle end state. By satisfying this conditional expression (16), both miniaturization and good aberration correction can be achieved at the same time. If the upper limit of the conditional expression (16) is exceeded, the total length becomes too long or the back focus becomes too short, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (16), the upper limit values of the conditional expression (16) are set to 7.80, 7.50, 7.25, 7.00, 6.90, 6. More preferably, it is 80, 6.75, 6.70, 6.65, and further 6.50. On the other hand, if it is less than the lower limit of the conditional expression (16), the total length becomes too short and good aberration correction becomes difficult, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (16), the lower limit of the conditional expression (16) is set to 3.65, 3.75, 3.80, 3.85, 3.90, 3. It is more desirable to set it to 95 and further 4.00.
また、第1〜第3の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、第1レンズ群G1は、最も物体側に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズを有することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、小型化と良好な収差補正を両立することができる。また、合焦時や変倍時の収差変動を小さくすることができる。また、本変倍光学系ZLを明るい超広角ズームレンズにも対応させることができる。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to third embodiments, it is desirable that the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens having a convex surface facing the object side on the most object side. With such a configuration, both miniaturization and good aberration correction can be achieved at the same time. In addition, it is possible to reduce aberration fluctuations during focusing and scaling. In addition, the variable magnification optical system ZL can be made compatible with a bright ultra-wide-angle zoom lens.
また、第1、第2、第4〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(7)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first, second, fourth to sixth embodiments satisfies the conditional expression (7) shown below.
−4.00<(L1r2+L1r1)/(L1r2−L1r1)<−0.50
(7)
但し、
L1r1:第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの物体側のレンズ面の曲率半径
L1r2:第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側のレンズの像側のレンズ面の曲率半径
-4.00 <(L1r2 + L1r1) / (L1r2-L1r1) <-0.50
(7)
However,
L1r1: Radius of curvature of the lens surface on the object side of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1 L1r2: Radius of curvature of the lens surface on the image side of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group G1
この条件式(7)の説明は上述した通りである。 The description of this conditional expression (7) is as described above.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、第1レンズ群G1が少なくとも2枚のレンズを有することが望ましく、以下に示す条件式(17)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments, it is desirable that the first lens group G1 has at least two lenses, and it is desirable that the conditional expression (17) shown below is satisfied. ..
−4.00<(L2r2+L2r1)/(L2r2−L2r1)<−0.50
(17)
但し、
L2r1:第1レンズ群G1の物体側から2番目のレンズの物体側のレンズ面の曲率半径
L2r2:第1レンズ群G1の物体側から2番目のレンズの像側のレンズ面の曲率半径
-4.00 <(L2r2 + L2r1) / (L2r2-L2r1) <-0.50
(17)
However,
L2r1: Radius of curvature of the lens surface of the second lens from the object side of the first lens group G1 on the object side L2r2: Radius of curvature of the lens surface on the image side of the second lens from the object side of the first lens group G1
条件式(17)は、第1レンズ群G1の物体側から2番目のレンズの形状を規定するものである。この条件式(17)を満足することにより、第1レンズ群G1の物体側から2番目のレンズは、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズとなるため、収差補正を良好に行うことができる。条件式(17)の上限値を上回ると、コマ収差の補正が困難になるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(17)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(17)の上限値を−0.60、−0.70、−0.75、−0.80、−0.85、−0.90、−0.95、−1.00、更に−1.05とすることがより望ましい。また、条件式(17)の下限値を下回ると、像面湾曲の補正が困難になるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(17)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(17)の下限値を−3.90、−3.80、−3.70、−3.60、−3.50、−3.40、−3.30、更に−3.25とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (17) defines the shape of the second lens from the object side of the first lens group G1. By satisfying this conditional expression (17), the second lens from the object side of the first lens group G1 becomes a negative meniscus lens with a convex surface facing the object side, so that aberration correction can be performed satisfactorily. .. If it exceeds the upper limit of the conditional expression (17), it becomes difficult to correct the coma aberration, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (17), the upper limit of the conditional expression (17) is set to -0.60, -0.70, -0.75, -0.80, -0. It is more desirable to set it to .85, -0.90, -0.95, -1.00, and further -1.05. Further, if it is less than the lower limit value of the conditional expression (17), it becomes difficult to correct the curvature of field, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (17), the lower limit values of the conditional expression (17) are set to -3.90, -3.80, -3.70, -3.60, -3. It is more desirable to set it to .50, -3.40, -3.30, and further to -3.25.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、第1レンズ群G1が少なくとも3枚のレンズを有することが望ましく、以下に示す条件式(18)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments, it is desirable that the first lens group G1 has at least three lenses, and it is desirable that the conditional expression (18) shown below is satisfied. ..
−0.80<(L3r2+L3r1)/(L3r2−L3r1)<0.80
(18)
但し、
L3r1:第1レンズ群G1の物体側から3番目のレンズの物体側のレンズ面の曲率半径
L3r2:第1レンズ群G1の物体側から3番目のレンズの像側のレンズ面の曲率半径
−0.80 <(L3r2 + L3r1) / (L3r2-L3r1) <0.80
(18)
However,
L3r1: Radius of curvature of the lens surface of the third lens from the object side of the first lens group G1 on the object side L3r2: Radius of curvature of the lens surface on the image side of the third lens from the object side of the first lens group G1
条件式(18)は、第1レンズ群G1の物体側から3番目のレンズの形状を規定するものである。この条件式(18)を満足することにより、第1レンズ群G1の物体側から3番目のレンズは、両凹負レンズとなるため、収差補正を良好に行うことができる。条件式(18)の上限値を上回ると、コマ収差の補正が困難になるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(18)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(18)の上限値を0.70、0.60、0.50、0.45、0.40、0.35、0.30、更に0.28とすることがより望ましい。また、条件式(18)の下限値を下回ると、コマ収差の補正が困難になるため好ましくない。なお、条件式(18)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(18)の下限値を−0.70、−0.60、−0.50、−0.45、−0.40、−0.35、−0.30、更に−0.28とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (18) defines the shape of the third lens from the object side of the first lens group G1. By satisfying this conditional expression (18), the third lens from the object side of the first lens group G1 becomes a biconcave negative lens, so that aberration correction can be performed satisfactorily. If it exceeds the upper limit of the conditional expression (18), it becomes difficult to correct the coma aberration, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (18), the upper limit of the conditional expression (18) is set to 0.70, 0.60, 0.50, 0.45, 0.40, 0. It is more desirable to set it to 35, 0.30, and further 0.28. Further, if it is less than the lower limit value of the conditional expression (18), it becomes difficult to correct the coma aberration, which is not preferable. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (18), the lower limit of the conditional expression (18) is set to -0.70, -0.60, -0.50, -0.45, -0. It is more desirable to set it to .40, -0.35, -0.30, and further -0.28.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1が光軸方向に移動することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、変倍時の収差変動を小さくすることができる。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments, it is desirable that the first lens group G1 moves in the optical axis direction at the time of magnification change. With such a configuration, it is possible to reduce the aberration fluctuation at the time of scaling.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLにおいて、第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に、負レンズ、負レンズ、負レンズ、正レンズで構成されていることが望ましい。このように構成することにより、諸収差、特に歪曲収差、像面湾曲を良好に補正することができる。なお、第1レンズ群G1において、これらの負レンズ、負レンズ、負レンズ、正レンズそれぞれを単レンズとして配置してもよいし、隣り合うレンズのいずれかを接合した接合レンズとして配置してもよい。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments, it is desirable that the first lens group G1 is composed of a negative lens, a negative lens, a negative lens, and a positive lens in this order from the object side. .. With this configuration, various aberrations, particularly distortion and curvature of field can be satisfactorily corrected. In the first lens group G1, each of these negative lenses, negative lenses, negative lenses, and positive lenses may be arranged as a single lens, or may be arranged as a bonded lens in which any of adjacent lenses is joined. Good.
また、第1〜第3の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、後群GRの一部が像側に移動することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、合焦時の収差変動を小さくすることができる。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to third embodiments, it is desirable that a part of the rear group GR moves to the image side when focusing from an infinity object to a short-distance object. With this configuration, it is possible to reduce the aberration fluctuation during focusing.
また、第1〜第3の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、後群GRが正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、を有し、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、第2レンズ群G2が像側に移動することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、合焦時の収差変動を小さくすることができる。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to third embodiments, the rear group GR has a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power and a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power. It is desirable that the second lens group G2 moves to the image side when focusing from an infinity object to a short-range object. With this configuration, it is possible to reduce the aberration fluctuation during focusing.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、第3レンズ群G3より像側に少なくとも1つのレンズ群を有することが望ましい。このように構成することにより、変倍時のコマ収差をはじめとする諸収差の補正を良好にすることができる。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments has at least one lens group on the image side of the third lens group G3. With this configuration, it is possible to improve the correction of various aberrations such as coma at the time of scaling.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、後群GR(若しくは第2レンズ群G2以降のレンズ群)に1面以上の非球面が含まれることが望ましい。このように構成することにより、諸収差、特に像面湾曲を良好に補正することができる。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments, it is desirable that the rear group GR (or the lens group after the second lens group G2) includes one or more aspherical surfaces. With this configuration, various aberrations, particularly curvature of field, can be satisfactorily corrected.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、後群GR(若しくは第2レンズ群G2以降のレンズ群)が、以下の条件式(19)を満足するレンズ(このレンズを「特定レンズ」と呼ぶ)を1枚以上有することが望ましい。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments, the rear group GR (or the lens group after the second lens group G2) satisfies the following conditional expression (19) (this lens). Is referred to as a "specific lens").
66.50 < νr (19)
但し、
νr:後群GRが有するレンズの媒質のd線に対するアッベ数
66.50 <νr (19)
However,
νr: Abbe number with respect to the d-line of the lens medium of the rear group GR
条件式(19)は、後群GR(若しくは第2レンズ群G2以降のレンズ群)が有する特定レンズの媒質のd線に対するアッベ数を規定するものである。後群GRが条件式(19)を満足するレンズ(特定レンズ)を1枚以上有することにより、倍率色収差を良好に補正することができる。なお、条件式(19)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(19)の下限値を67.00、67.50、68.00、70.00、74.00、78.00、80.00、更に81.00とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (19) defines the Abbe number with respect to the d-line of the medium of the specific lens of the rear group GR (or the lens group of the second lens group G2 or later). When the rear group GR has one or more lenses (specific lenses) that satisfy the conditional expression (19), the chromatic aberration of magnification can be satisfactorily corrected. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (19), the lower limit of the conditional expression (19) is set to 67.00, 67.50, 68.00, 70.00, 74.00, 78. More preferably, it is 00, 80.00, and further 81.00.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(20)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments satisfies the conditional expression (20) shown below.
Fnow < 4.20 (20)
但し、
Fnow:変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における無限遠物体合焦時での開放Fナンバー
Fnow <4.20 (20)
However,
Fnow: Open F-number when focusing an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system ZL
条件式(20)は、変倍光学系ZLの広角端状態における無限遠物体合焦時での開放Fナンバーを規定するものである。この条件式(20)を満足することにより、広角端状態において本実施形態を満足する良好な解像度を確保することができる。なお、条件式(20)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(20)の下限値を、4.05、4.00、3.80、3.60、3.40、3.20、3.00、更に2.95とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (20) defines an open F number when the variable magnification optical system ZL is in focus at an infinity object in the wide-angle end state. By satisfying this conditional expression (20), it is possible to secure a good resolution that satisfies the present embodiment in the wide-angle end state. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (20), the lower limit of the conditional expression (20) is set to 4.05, 4.00, 3.80, 3.60, 3.40, 3. It is more desirable to set it to .20, 3.00, and further 2.95.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、以下に示す条件式(21)を満足することが望ましい。 Further, it is desirable that the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments satisfies the conditional expression (21) shown below.
Fnot < 6.00 (21)
但し、
Fnot:変倍光学系ZLの望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時での開放Fナンバー
Fnot <6.00 (21)
However,
Fnot: Open F number when focusing on an infinity object in the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system ZL
条件式(21)は、変倍光学系ZLの望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時での開放Fナンバーを規定するものである。この条件式(21)を満足することにより、望遠端状態において本実施形態を満足する良好な解像度を確保することができる。なお、条件式(21)の効果を確実なものとするために、この条件式(21)の下限値を、5.50、5.30、5.00、4.80、4.50、4.05、4.00、3.80、3.60、3.40、3.20、3.00、更に2.95とすることがより望ましい。 The conditional expression (21) defines an open F number when the infinity object is in focus in the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system ZL. By satisfying this conditional expression (21), it is possible to secure a good resolution that satisfies the present embodiment in the telephoto end state. In order to ensure the effect of the conditional expression (21), the lower limit of the conditional expression (21) is set to 5.50, 5.30, 5.00, 4.80, 4.50, 4 It is more desirable to set it to 0.05, 4.00, 3.80, 3.60, 3.40, 3.20, 3.00, and further 2.95.
また、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLは、第1レンズ群G1の物体側にフィルターを有してもよい。第1レンズ群G1の物体側にフィルターを配置してもこのフィルターが大型化することがないため、変倍光学系ZL全体を小型化することができる。 Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments may have a filter on the object side of the first lens group G1. Even if the filter is arranged on the object side of the first lens group G1, the size of the filter does not increase, so that the entire variable magnification optical system ZL can be reduced in size.
次に、第1〜第6の実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLを備えた光学装置であるカメラを図21に基づいて説明する。このカメラ1は、撮影レンズ2として本実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLを備えたレンズ交換式の所謂ミラーレスカメラである。本カメラ1において、不図示の物体(被写体)からの光は、撮影レンズ2で集光されて、不図示のOLPF(Optical low pass filter:光学ローパスフィルタ)を介して撮像部3の撮像面上に被写体像を形成する。そして、撮像部3に設けられた光電変換素子により被写体像が光電変換されて被写体の画像が生成される。この画像は、カメラ1に設けられたEVF(Electronic view finder:電子ビューファインダ)4に表示される。これにより撮影者は、EVF4を介して被写体を観察することができる。
Next, a camera which is an optical device provided with a variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments will be described with reference to FIG. This
また、撮影者によって不図示のレリーズボタンが押されると、撮像部3により光電変換された画像が不図示のメモリに記憶される。このようにして、撮影者は本カメラ1による被写体の撮影を行うことができる。なお、本実施形態では、ミラーレスカメラの例を説明したが、カメラ本体にクイックリターンミラーを有しファインダー光学系により被写体を観察する一眼レフタイプのカメラに本実施形態に係る変倍光学系ZLを搭載した場合でも、上記カメラ1と同様の効果を奏することができる。
When the photographer presses the release button (not shown), the photoelectrically converted image by the
このように、本実施形態に係る光学装置は、上述した構成の変倍光学系ZLを備えることにより、小型で広い画角を有し、変倍時、ならびに合焦時の収差変動を良好に抑えた光学装置を実現することができる。 As described above, the optical device according to the present embodiment is provided with the variable magnification optical system ZL having the above-described configuration, so that the optical apparatus has a small size and a wide angle of view, and has good aberration fluctuations during magnification change and focusing. It is possible to realize a suppressed optical device.
なお、以下に記載の内容は、光学性能を損なわない範囲で適宜採用可能である。 The contents described below can be appropriately adopted as long as the optical performance is not impaired.
本実施形態では、2群〜5群構成の変倍光学系ZLを示したが、以上の構成条件等は、6群、7群等の他の群構成にも適用可能である。また、最も物体側にレンズまたはレンズ群を追加した構成や、最も像側にレンズまたはレンズ群を追加した構成でも構わない。また、レンズ群とは、変倍時に変化する空気間隔で分離された、少なくとも1枚のレンズを有する部分を示す。 In the present embodiment, the variable magnification optical system ZL having a configuration of 2 to 5 groups is shown, but the above configuration conditions and the like can be applied to other group configurations such as 6 groups and 7 groups. Further, a configuration in which a lens or a lens group is added on the most object side or a configuration in which a lens or a lens group is added on the most image side may be used. Further, the lens group refers to a portion having at least one lens separated by an air interval that changes at the time of scaling.
また、単独または複数のレンズ群、または部分レンズ群を光軸方向に移動させて、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行う合焦レンズ群としても良い。この場合、合焦レンズ群はオートフォーカスにも適用でき、オートフォーカス用の(超音波モーター等の)モーター駆動にも適している。特に、前述のように後群GRの少なくとも一部(例えば、第2レンズ群G2)を合焦レンズ群とするのが好ましい。 Further, a single or a plurality of lens groups or a partial lens group may be moved in the optical axis direction to form a focusing lens group for focusing from an infinity object to a short-distance object. In this case, the focusing lens group can also be applied to autofocus, and is also suitable for driving a motor (such as an ultrasonic motor) for autofocus. In particular, as described above, it is preferable that at least a part of the rear group GR (for example, the second lens group G2) is the focusing lens group.
また、レンズ群または部分レンズ群を光軸に垂直な方向の成分を持つように移動させ、または、光軸を含む面内方向に回転移動(揺動)させて、手ぶれによって生じる像ぶれを補正する防振レンズ群としてもよい。特に、後群GRの少なくとも一部(例えば、第4レンズ群G4)を防振レンズ群とするのが好ましい。 In addition, the lens group or partial lens group is moved so as to have a component in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis, or is rotationally moved (oscillated) in the in-plane direction including the optical axis to correct image blur caused by camera shake. It may be a group of anti-vibration lenses. In particular, it is preferable that at least a part of the rear group GR (for example, the fourth lens group G4) is the anti-vibration lens group.
また、レンズ面は、球面または平面で形成されても、非球面で形成されても構わない。レンズ面が球面または平面の場合、レンズ加工及び組立調整が容易になり、加工及び組立調整の誤差による光学性能の劣化を妨げるので好ましい。また、像面がずれた場合でも描写性能の劣化が少ないので好ましい。レンズ面が非球面の場合、非球面は、研削加工による非球面、ガラスを型で非球面形状に形成したガラスモールド非球面、ガラスの表面に樹脂を非球面形状に形成した複合型非球面のいずれの非球面でも構わない。また、レンズ面は回折面としても良く、レンズを屈折率分布型レンズ(GRINレンズ)或いはプラスチックレンズとしても良い。 Further, the lens surface may be formed on a spherical surface or a flat surface, or may be formed on an aspherical surface. When the lens surface is spherical or flat, lens processing and assembly adjustment are facilitated, and deterioration of optical performance due to processing and assembly adjustment errors is prevented, which is preferable. Further, even if the image plane is deviated, the depiction performance is less deteriorated, which is preferable. When the lens surface is aspherical, the aspherical surface is an aspherical surface formed by grinding, a glass mold aspherical surface formed by forming glass into an aspherical shape, or a composite aspherical surface formed by forming resin on the glass surface into an aspherical shape. Any aspherical surface may be used. Further, the lens surface may be a diffraction surface, and the lens may be a refractive index distribution type lens (GRIN lens) or a plastic lens.
開口絞りSは、後群GR内(例えば、第3レンズ群G3の近傍(第3レンズ群G3の像側、または、第3レンズ群G3内))に配置されるのが好ましいが、開口絞りとしての部材を設けずに、レンズの枠でその役割を代用しても良い。 The aperture diaphragm S is preferably arranged in the rear group GR (for example, in the vicinity of the third lens group G3 (on the image side of the third lens group G3 or in the third lens group G3)), but the aperture diaphragm S is preferably arranged. The role may be substituted by the frame of the lens without providing the member as.
さらに、各レンズ面には、フレアやゴーストを軽減し高コントラストの高い光学性能を達成するために、広い波長域で高い透過率を有する反射防止膜を施しても良い。 Further, each lens surface may be provided with an antireflection film having high transmittance in a wide wavelength range in order to reduce flare and ghost and achieve high optical performance with high contrast.
また、本実施形態の変倍光学系ZLは、変倍比が1.2〜3.0倍程度である。 Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL of the present embodiment has a magnification ratio of about 1.2 to 3.0 times.
なお、以上で説明した構成及び条件は、それぞれが上述した効果を発揮するものであり、全ての構成及び条件を満たすものに限定されることはなく、いずれかの構成又は条件、或いは、いずれかの構成又は条件の組み合わせを満たすものでも、上述した効果を得ることが可能である。 It should be noted that the configurations and conditions described above each exert the above-mentioned effects, and are not limited to those that satisfy all the configurations and conditions, and any of the configurations or conditions, or any of them. It is possible to obtain the above-mentioned effect even if it satisfies the above-mentioned configuration or combination of conditions.
以下に、第1〜第6の実施形態の変倍光学系ZLの製造方法の概略を、図22を参照して説明する。まず、各レンズを配置して負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1及び少なくとも1つのレンズ群を有する後群GRをそれぞれ準備し(ステップS100)、これらのレンズ群を配置する(ステップS200)。このステップS200では、第1レンズ群G1及び後群GRを、変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化するように配置する。このとき、後群GRとして正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3とを有するときは、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少するように配置し、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、第2レンズ群G2が像側に移動するように配置し、第1レンズ群G1の最も物体側に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズを配置する。さらにまた、上述した条件式による条件を満足するように配置する(ステップS300)。 The outline of the method for manufacturing the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to sixth embodiments will be described below with reference to FIG. 22. First, each lens is arranged to prepare a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a rear group GR having at least one lens group (step S100), and these lens groups are arranged (step S200). .. In this step S200, the first lens group G1 and the rear group GR are arranged so that the distance between adjacent lens groups changes when the magnification is changed. At this time, when the rear group GR has a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power and a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 Is arranged so that the second lens group G2 moves to the image side when focusing from an infinity object to a short-range object, and the second lens group G1 is arranged so as to move to the image side, and the object side is the closest to the object side of the first lens group G1. Place a negative meniscus lens with a convex surface facing. Furthermore, it is arranged so as to satisfy the condition according to the above-mentioned conditional expression (step S300).
以上の構成により、小型で画角が広く高い光学性能を有する変倍光学系、この変倍光学系を有する光学機器、及び変倍光学系の製造方法を提供することができる。 With the above configuration, it is possible to provide a variable magnification optical system having a small size, a wide angle of view and high optical performance, an optical device having this variable magnification optical system, and a method for manufacturing the variable magnification optical system.
以下、本願の各実施例を、図面に基づいて説明する。なお、図1、図3、図5、図7、図9、図11、図13、図15、図17及び図19は、第1実施例〜第10実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL(ZL1〜ZL10)の構成及び屈折力配分を示す断面図である。また、これらの変倍光学系ZL1〜ZL10の断面図の下部には、広角端状態(W)から望遠端状態(T)に変倍する際の各レンズ群G1〜G3、G4又はG5の光軸に沿った移動方向が矢印で示されている。 Hereinafter, each embodiment of the present application will be described with reference to the drawings. In addition, FIG. 1, FIG. 3, FIG. 5, FIG. 7, FIG. 9, FIG. 11, FIG. 13, FIG. 15, FIG. 17 and FIG. 19 show the variable magnification optical system ZL according to the first to tenth embodiments. It is sectional drawing which shows the structure of ZL1 to ZL10) and the refractive power distribution. Further, in the lower part of the cross-sectional view of these variable magnification optical systems ZL1 to ZL10, the light of each lens group G1 to G3, G4 or G5 when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state (W) to the telephoto end state (T). The direction of movement along the axis is indicated by an arrow.
各実施例において、非球面は、光軸に垂直な方向の高さをyとし、高さyにおける各非球面の頂点の接平面から各非球面までの光軸に沿った距離(サグ量)をS(y)とし、基準球面の曲率半径(近軸曲率半径)をrとし、円錐定数をKとし、n次の非球面係数をAnとしたとき、以下の式(b)で表される。なお、以降の実施例において、「E−n」は「×10-n」を示す。 In each embodiment, the height of the aspherical surface in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis is y, and the distance (sag amount) along the optical axis from the tangent plane of the apex of each aspherical surface to each aspherical surface at the height y. Is S (y), the radius of curvature (near-axis radius of curvature) of the reference sphere is r, the conical constant is K, and the nth-order aspherical coefficient is An, it is expressed by the following equation (b). .. In the following examples, " En " indicates " x10 -n ".
S(y)=(y2/r)/{1+(1−K×y2/r2)1/2}
+A4×y4+A6×y6+A8×y8+A10×y10+A12×y12+A14×y14 (a)
S (y) = (y 2 / r) / {1+ (1-K × y 2 / r 2 ) 1/2 }
+ A4 × y 4 + A6 × y 6 + A8 × y 8 + A10 × y 10 + A12 × y 12 + A14 × y 14 (a)
なお、各実施例において、2次の非球面係数A2は0である。また、各実施例の表中において、非球面には面番号の右側に*印を付している。 In each embodiment, the second-order aspherical coefficient A2 is 0. Further, in the table of each embodiment, the aspherical surface is marked with * on the right side of the surface number.
[第1実施例]
図1は、第1実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL1の構成を示す図である。この変倍光学系ZL1は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する後群GRとから構成されている。また、後群GRは、物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、負の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。
[First Example]
FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration of a variable magnification optical system ZL1 according to the first embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL1 is composed of a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a rear group GR having a positive refractive power in order from the object side. Further, the rear group GR includes a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, and a fourth lens group G4 having a negative refractive power in order from the object side. It is composed of a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
この変倍光学系ZL1において、第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に、物体側のレンズ面及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL11、像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL12、両凹負レンズL13、及び両凸正レンズL14で構成されている。また、第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL21、及び物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22と両凸正レンズL23とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL31と両凸正レンズL32とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に、両凹負レンズL41と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL42とを接合した接合レンズ、及び両凸正レンズL43で構成されている。また、第5レンズ群G5は、物体側から順に、両凸正レンズL51と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL52とを接合した接合レンズ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL53と両凸正レンズL54とを接合した接合レンズ、及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL55で構成されている。なお、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間には、フィルターFLが配置されている。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL1, the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the object side and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape in order from the object side, and the convex surface is directed toward the object side. Aspherical negative lens L11, an aspherical negative lens L12 having a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the image side is formed in an aspherical shape and a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave negative lens L13, and a biconvex positive lens L14. It is composed of. Further, the second lens group G2 is a junction lens in which a positive meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L22 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L23 are joined in order from the object side. It is composed of. Further, the third lens group G3 is composed of a junction lens in which a negative meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L32 are joined in order from the object side. Further, the fourth lens group G4 is composed of a junction lens in which a biconcave negative lens L41 and a positive meniscus lens L42 having a convex surface facing the object side are joined in order from the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L43. Further, the fifth lens group G5 includes a junction lens in which a biconvex positive lens L51 and a negative meniscus lens L52 having a concave surface facing the object side are joined in order from the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L53 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a bonded lens in which the biconvex positive lens L54 is joined, and an aspherical negative lens L55 having a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the image side is formed in an aspherical shape and the concave surface is directed toward the object side. A filter FL is arranged between the fifth lens group G5 and the image plane I.
また、変倍光学系ZL1は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔が増大し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔が増大し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔が減少し、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間隔(バックフォーカス)が増大するように、第1レンズ群G1が像側に移動し、第2レンズ群G2、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4及び第5レンズ群G5が物体側に移動する。なお、開口絞りSは第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間に配置されており、変倍に際し第4レンズ群G4とともに移動する。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL1, the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 decreases when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, and the second lens group G2 and the third lens group The distance from the G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 increases, the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 decreases, and the distance from the fifth lens group G5 The first lens group G1 moves to the image side so that the distance (back focus) from the image plane I increases, and the second lens group G2, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group G5 moves to the object side. The aperture diaphragm S is arranged between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, and moves together with the fourth lens group G4 at the time of scaling.
また、変倍光学系ZL1は、第2レンズ群G2を像側に移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うように構成されている。 Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL1 is configured to focus from an infinity object to a short-distance object by moving the second lens group G2 to the image side.
以下の表1に、変倍光学系ZL1の諸元の値を掲げる。この表1において、全体諸元におけるfは全系の焦点距離、FNOはFナンバー、2ωは全画角、Ymaxは最大像高、TLは全長、及びBfはバックフォーカスをそれぞれ表している。ここで、全長TLは、無限遠物体合焦時のレンズ面の第1面から像面Iまでの光軸上の距離を表している。またバックフォーカスBfは、最も像側のレンズ面(図1における第32面)から像面Iまでの光軸上の距離を示している。また、レンズデータにおける第1欄mは、光線の進行する方向に沿った物体側からのレンズ面の順序(面番号)を、第2欄rは、各レンズ面の曲率半径を、第3欄dは、各光学面から次の光学面までの光軸上の距離(面間隔)を、第4欄nd及び第5欄νdは、d線(λ=587.6nm)に対する屈折率及びアッベ数を示している。また、曲率半径0.0000は平面を示し、空気の屈折率1.000000は省略してある。また、レンズ群焦点距離は第1〜第5レンズ群G1〜G5の各々の始面と焦点距離を示している。 Table 1 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system ZL1. In Table 1, f in the overall specifications represents the focal length of the entire system, FNO represents the F number, 2ω represents the total angle of view, Ymax represents the maximum image height, TL represents the total length, and Bf represents the back focus. Here, the total length TL represents the distance on the optical axis from the first surface of the lens surface to the image surface I when the infinite object is in focus. Further, the back focus Bf indicates the distance on the optical axis from the lens surface (the 32nd surface in FIG. 1) on the image side to the image surface I. Further, in the lens data, the first column m is the order (plane number) of the lens surfaces from the object side along the traveling direction of the light beam, and the second column r is the radius of curvature of each lens surface in the third column. d is the distance (plane spacing) on the optical axis from each optical surface to the next optical surface, and the fourth column nd and the fifth column νd are the refractive index and Abbe number with respect to the d line (λ = 587.6 nm). Is shown. The radius of curvature of 0.0000 indicates a plane, and the refractive index of air of 1.000000 is omitted. The lens group focal length indicates the start surface and focal length of each of the first to fifth lens groups G1 to G5.
ここで、以下の全ての諸元値において掲載されている焦点距離f、曲率半径r、面間隔d、その他長さの単位は一般に「mm」が使われるが、光学系は、比例拡大または比例縮小しても同等の光学性能が得られるので、これに限られるものではない。また、これらの符号の説明及び諸元表の説明は以降の実施例においても同様である。 Here, "mm" is generally used as the unit of the focal length f, the radius of curvature r, the surface spacing d, and other lengths listed in all the following specification values, but the optical system is proportionally expanded or proportional. It is not limited to this because the same optical performance can be obtained even if the reduction is performed. Further, the description of these codes and the description of the specification table are the same in the following examples.
なお、表1において、第18面は開口絞りSを示し、第9面、第24面及び第33面は仮想面を示している。また、第24面には副絞りを配置することができる。 In Table 1, the 18th surface shows the aperture stop S, and the 9th, 24th, and 33rd surfaces show virtual surfaces. Further, a secondary diaphragm can be arranged on the 24th surface.
また、この変倍光学系ZL1の物体側にフィルターを配置するときは、第1面から物体側に6.10mm離れた位置に配置される。 When the filter is arranged on the object side of the variable magnification optical system ZL1, it is arranged at a position 6.10 mm away from the first surface on the object side.
(表1)第1実施例
[全体諸元]
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f = 14.400 〜 18.000 〜 20.000 〜 23.300
FNO = 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91
2ω(°) = 114.737 〜 100.340 〜 93.766 〜 84.519
Ymax = 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600
TL(空気換算長)= 161.247 〜 157.019 〜 156.182 〜 155.795
Bf(空気換算長)= 38.106 〜 43.995 〜 47.450 〜 53.389
[レンズデータ]
m r d nd νd
物面 ∞
1* 220.0000 3.2000 1.588870 61.13
2* 17.8900 12.8517
3 129.4201 2.0000 1.820980 42.50
4* 32.1806 10.9734
5 -45.0029 1.7000 1.433848 95.23
6 53.1259 1.1806
7 46.0796 5.3284 1.834000 37.18
8 -278.7554 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 40.5745 2.8000 1.698950 30.13
11 289.5688 0.2000
12 85.2105 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
13 19.6402 5.0000 1.688930 31.16
14 -402.4157 d14
15 136.9524 1.1000 1.834810 42.73
16 39.2521 5.0000 1.516800 64.13
17 -33.8194 d17
18 0.0000 4.3181 開口絞りS
19 -29.4115 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
20 26.8911 3.7000 1.846660 23.80
21 28206.6500 0.2000
22 60.6032 2.7000 1.846660 23.80
23 -199.9962 1.5000
24 0.0000 d24
25 27.2496 8.6000 1.497820 82.57
26 -22.2560 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
27 -31.7894 0.2000
28 304.4905 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
29 22.3340 6.9000 1.497820 82.57
30 -74.7302 1.1469
31 -66.1084 1.6000 1.860999 37.10
32* -70.6675 d32
33 0.0000 35.2000
34 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
35 0.0000 1.2329
像面 ∞
[レンズ群焦点距離]
レンズ群 始面 焦点距離
第1レンズ群 1 -21.147
第2レンズ群 10 68.510
第3レンズ群 15 87.743
第4レンズ群 19 -76.490
第5レンズ群 25 46.500
(Table 1) First Example [Overall specifications]
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f = 14.400 ~ 18.000 ~ 20.000 ~ 23.300
FNO = 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91
2ω (°) = 114.737 ~ 100.340 ~ 93.766 ~ 84.519
Ymax = 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600
TL (air equivalent length) = 161.247 ~ 157.019 ~ 156.182 ~ 155.795
Bf (air equivalent length) = 38.106 ~ 43.995 ~ 47.450 ~ 53.389
[Lens data]
m r d nd ν d
Physical surface ∞
1 * 220.0000 3.2000 1.588870 61.13
2 * 17.8900 12.8517
3 129.4201 2.0000 1.820980 42.50
4 * 32.1806 10.9734
5 -45.0029 1.7000 1.433848 95.23
6 53.1259 1.1806
7 46.0796 5.3284 1.834000 37.18
8 -278.7554 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 40.5745 2.8000 1.698950 30.13
11 289.5688 0.2000
12 85.2105 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
13 19.6402 5.0000 1.688930 31.16
14 -402.4157 d14
15 136.9524 1.1000 1.834810 42.73
16 39.2521 5.0000 1.516800 64.13
17 -33.8194 d17
18 0.0000 4.3181 Aperture aperture S
19 -29.4115 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
20 26.8911 3.7000 1.846660 23.80
21 28206.6500 0.2000
22 60.6032 2.7000 1.846660 23.80
23 -199.9962 1.5000
24 0.0000 d24
25 27.2496 8.6000 1.497820 82.57
26 -22.2560 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
27 -31.7894 0.2000
28 304.4905 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
29 22.3340 6.9000 1.497820 82.57
30 -74.7302 1.1469
31 -66.1084 1.6000 1.860999 37.10
32 * -70.6675 d32
33 0.0000 35.2000
34 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
35 0.0000 1.2329
Image plane ∞
[Lens group focal length]
Lens group Start surface Focal length 1st lens group 1 -21.147
4th lens group 19 -76.490
5th lens group 25 46.500
この変倍光学系ZL1において、第1面、第2面、第4面及び第32面の各レンズ面は非球面形状に形成されている。次の表2に、各面毎に非球面のデータ、すなわち円錐定数K及び各非球面定数A4〜A12の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL1, each lens surface of the first surface, the second surface, the fourth surface, and the 32nd surface is formed in an aspherical shape. Table 2 below shows the aspherical data for each surface, that is, the values of the conical constant K and the aspherical constants A4 to A12.
(表2)
[非球面データ]
第 1面 K=1.0000
A4 = 1.21050E-05 A6 =-1.90441E-08 A8 = 2.08981E-11
A10=-1.26480E-14 A12= 3.59780E-18 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 2面 K=0.0000
A4 = 5.30134E-06 A6 = 1.33691E-08 A8 =-2.53693E-11
A10=-2.12112E-13 A12= 3.35890E-16 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 4面 K=2.0000
A4 = 1.46984E-05 A6 = 6.92202E-09 A8 =-3.91814E-11
A10= 7.84867E-13 A12=-1.29570E-15 A14= 0.00000E+00
第32面 K=1.0000
A4 = 1.34572E-05 A6 = 1.92171E-08 A8 = 1.11927E-10
A10=-3.98100E-13 A12= 1.67540E-15 A14= 0.00000E+00
(Table 2)
[Aspherical data]
First side K = 1.000
A4 = 1.21050E-05 A6 = -1.90441E-08 A8 = 2.08981E-11
A10 = -1.26480E-14 A12 = 3.59780E-18 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Second side K = 0.0000
A4 = 5.30134E-06 A6 = 1.33691E-08 A8 = -2.53693E-11
A10 = -2.12112E-13 A12 = 3.35890E-16 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 4 K = 2.000
A4 = 1.46984E-05 A6 = 6.92202E-09 A8 = -3.91814E-11
A10 = 7.84867E-13 A12 = -1.29570E-15 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 32 K = 1.000
A4 = 1.34572E-05 A6 = 1.92171E-08 A8 = 1.11927E-10
A10 = -3.98100E-13 A12 = 1.67540E-15 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
この変倍光学系ZL1において、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との軸上空気間隔d8及びd9、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との軸上空気間隔d14、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との軸上空気間隔d17、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との軸上空気間隔d24、並びに、第5レンズ群G5とフィルターFLとの軸上空気間隔d32は、変倍及び合焦に際して変化する。次の表3に、無限遠物体合焦時、近距離物体合焦時及び最至近物体合焦時のそれぞれにおける広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、及び望遠端状態の各焦点距離おける可変間隔の値を示す。なお、この表3において、fは焦点距離を示し、βは倍率を示し、d0は第1面から物体までの距離を示す。この説明は以降の実施例においても同様である。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL1, the axial air spacing d8 and d9 between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, and the axial air spacing d14 and third between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3. The on-axis air gap d17 between the lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, the on-axis air distance d24 between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5, and the on-axis of the fifth lens group G5 and the filter FL. The air spacing d32 changes upon scaling and focusing. Table 3 below shows the variable intervals at each focal length in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state at the time of focusing on an infinity object, focusing on a short-range object, and focusing on the closest object, respectively. Indicates a value. In Table 3, f indicates the focal length, β indicates the magnification, and d0 indicates the distance from the first surface to the object. This description is the same in the following examples.
(表3)
[可変間隔データ]
−無限遠物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 23.7380 12.2188 7.5200 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d14 4.7891 8.6308 9.6629 9.6567
d17 1.5000 2.9738 3.6783 4.4505
d24 6.3147 2.4012 1.0722 0.0000
d32 0.5000 6.3712 9.8216 15.7968
−近距離物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 543.6970 688.7637 769.2222 901.8471
d8 23.7380 12.2188 7.5200 1.5000
d9 0.8063 0.6504 0.5966 0.5323
d14 3.9828 7.9804 9.0662 9.1244
d17 1.5000 2.9738 3.6783 4.4505
d24 6.3147 2.4012 1.0722 0.0000
d32 0.5000 6.3712 9.8216 15.7968
−最至近物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.104 -0.128 -0.141 -0.165
d0 111.9714 116.1994 117.0364 117.4232
d8 23.7380 12.2188 7.5200 1.5000
d9 3.2248 3.1636 3.2073 3.3250
d14 1.5643 5.4672 6.4555 6.3318
d17 1.5000 2.9738 3.6783 4.4505
d24 6.3147 2.4012 1.0722 0.0000
d32 0.5000 6.3712 9.8216 15.7968
(Table 3)
[Variable interval data]
-When focusing on an infinite object-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 23.7380 12.2188 7.5200 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d14 4.7891 8.6308 9.6629 9.6567
d17 1.5000 2.9738 3.6783 4.4505
d24 6.3147 2.4012 1.0722 0.0000
d32 0.5000 6.3712 9.8216 15.7968
-When focusing on short-range objects-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 543.6970 688.7637 769.2222 901.8471
d8 23.7380 12.2188 7.5200 1.5000
d9 0.8063 0.6504 0.5966 0.5323
d14 3.9828 7.9804 9.0662 9.1244
d17 1.5000 2.9738 3.6783 4.4505
d24 6.3147 2.4012 1.0722 0.0000
d32 0.5000 6.3712 9.8216 15.7968
-When the closest object is in focus-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.104 -0.128 -0.141 -0.165
d0 111.9714 116.1994 117.0364 117.4232
d8 23.7380 12.2188 7.5200 1.5000
d9 3.2248 3.1636 3.2073 3.3250
d14 1.5643 5.4672 6.4555 6.3318
d17 1.5000 2.9738 3.6783 4.4505
d24 6.3147 2.4012 1.0722 0.0000
d32 0.5000 6.3712 9.8216 15.7968
次の表4に、変倍光学系ZL1における各条件式対応値を示す。なお、この変倍光学系ZL1において、特定負レンズは、両凹負レンズL13であり、特定レンズは、両凸正レンズL51及び両凸正レンズL54である。 Table 4 below shows the values corresponding to each conditional expression in the variable magnification optical system ZL1. In the variable magnification optical system ZL1, the specific negative lens is the biconcave negative lens L13, and the specific lenses are the biconvex positive lens L51 and the biconvex positive lens L54.
(表4)
Σν1n=198.86
Σ(ν1n×f1n)=-9591.491
STLw=82.461
fL1=-33.265
fL2=-52.658
[条件式対応値]
(1)ν1n=95.23
(2)nL2/nL1=1.146
(3)N1n=3
(4)2ωw=114.737°
(5)nL1=1.589
(6)fw×(−f1)/Fnow=106.475mm2
(7)(L1r2+L1r1)/(L1r2−L1r1)=-1.177
(8)(Σν1n)/N1n= 66.287
(9)(Σ(ν1n×f1n))/(N1n×f1)=148.588
(10)Bfw/fw=2.646
(11)STLw/TLw=0.511
(12)(−f1)/fw=1.494
(13)(−f1)/ft=0.923
(14)fL1/f1=1.546
(15)fL2/f1=2.447
(16)TLw/Bfw=4.232
(17)(L2r2+L2r1)/(L2r2−L2r1)=-1.662
(18)(L3r2+L3r1)/(L3r2−L3r1)= 0.083
(19)νr=82.57
(20)Fnow=2.91
(21)Fnot=2.91
(Table 4)
Σν1n = 198.86
Σ (ν1n × f1n) =-9591.491
STLw = 82.461
fL1 = -33.265
fL2 = -52.658
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
(1) ν1n = 95.23
(2) nL2 / nL1 = 1.146
(3) N1n = 3
(4) 2ωw = 114.737 °
(5) nL1 = 1.589
(6) fw × (−f1) / Fnow = 106.475mm 2
(7) (L1r2 + L1r1) / (L1r2-L1r1) =-1.177
(8) (Σν1n) /N1n=66.287
(9) (Σ (ν1n × f1n)) / (N1n × f1) = 148.588
(10) Bfw / fw = 2.646
(11) STLw / TLw = 0.511
(12) (-f1) / fw = 1.494
(13) (-f1) /ft=0.923
(14) fL1 / f1 = 1.546
(15) fL2 / f1 = 2.447
(16) TLw / Bfw = 4.232
(17) (L2r2 + L2r1) / (L2r2-L2r1) =-1.662
(18) (L3r2 + L3r1) / (L3r2-L3r1) = 0.083
(19) νr = 82.57
(20) Fnow = 2.91
(21) Fnot = 2.91
このように、変倍光学系ZL1は、上記条件式(1)〜(21)を全て満足している。 As described above, the variable magnification optical system ZL1 satisfies all of the above conditional expressions (1) to (21).
この変倍光学系ZL1の無限遠物体合焦時の広角端状態及び望遠端状態における諸収差図を図2に示す。各収差図において、FNOはFナンバー、Yは像高をそれぞれ示す。なお、球面収差図では最大口径に対応するFナンバーの値を示し、非点収差図及び歪曲収差図では像高の最大値をそれぞれ示し、横収差図では各像高の値を示す。dはd線(λ=587.6nm)、gはg線(λ=435.8nm)をそれぞれ示す。非点収差図において、実線はサジタル像面、破線はメリディオナル像面をそれぞれ示す。なお、以下に示す各実施例の収差図においても、本実施例と同様の符号を用いる。これらの諸収差図より、この変倍光学系ZL1は、広角端状態から望遠端状態にわたって諸収差を良好に補正し優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 FIG. 2 shows various aberration diagrams in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state when the variable magnification optical system ZL1 is in focus at an infinity object. In each aberration diagram, FNO indicates an F number and Y indicates an image height. The spherical aberration diagram shows the value of the F number corresponding to the maximum aperture, the astigmatism diagram and the distortion diagram show the maximum image height, and the transverse aberration diagram shows the value of each image height. d represents the d line (λ = 587.6 nm), and g represents the g line (λ = 435.8 nm). In the astigmatism diagram, the solid line shows the sagittal image plane and the broken line shows the meridional image plane. In addition, in the aberration diagram of each example shown below, the same reference numerals as those of this example are used. From these various aberration diagrams, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system ZL1 satisfactorily corrects various aberrations from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state and has excellent imaging performance.
[第2実施例]
図3は、第2実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL2の構成を示す図である。この変倍光学系ZL2は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する後群GRとから構成されている。また、後群GRは、物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、負の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。
[Second Example]
FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a configuration of the variable magnification optical system ZL2 according to the second embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL2 is composed of a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a rear group GR having a positive refractive power in order from the object side. Further, the rear group GR includes a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, and a fourth lens group G4 having a negative refractive power in order from the object side. It is composed of a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
この変倍光学系ZL2において、第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に、物体側のレンズ面及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL11、像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL12、両凹負レンズL13、及び両凸正レンズL14で構成されている。また、第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL21、及び物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22と両凸正レンズL23とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL31と両凸正レンズL32とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に、両凹負レンズL41と両凸正レンズL42とを接合した接合レンズ、及び両凸正レンズL43で構成されている。また、第5レンズ群G5は、物体側から順に、両凸正レンズL51と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL52とを接合した接合レンズ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL53と両凸正レンズL54とを接合した接合レンズ、及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL55で構成されている。なお、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間には、フィルターFLが配置されている。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL2, the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the object side and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape in order from the object side, and the convex surface is directed toward the object side. Aspherical negative lens L11, an aspherical negative lens L12 having a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the image side is formed in an aspherical shape and a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave negative lens L13, and a biconvex positive lens L14. It is composed of. Further, the second lens group G2 is a junction lens in which a positive meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L22 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L23 are joined in order from the object side. It is composed of. Further, the third lens group G3 is composed of a junction lens in which a negative meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L32 are joined in order from the object side. Further, the fourth lens group G4 is composed of a junction lens in which a biconcave negative lens L41 and a biconvex positive lens L42 are joined, and a biconvex positive lens L43 in order from the object side. Further, the fifth lens group G5 includes a junction lens in which a biconvex positive lens L51 and a negative meniscus lens L52 having a concave surface facing the object side are joined in order from the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L53 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a bonded lens in which the biconvex positive lens L54 is joined, and an aspherical negative lens L55 having a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the image side is formed in an aspherical shape and the concave surface is directed toward the object side. A filter FL is arranged between the fifth lens group G5 and the image plane I.
また、変倍光学系ZL2は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔が変化し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔が増大し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔が減少し、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間隔(バックフォーカス)が増大するように、第1レンズ群G1が像側に移動し、第2レンズ群G2、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4及び第5レンズ群G5が物体側に移動する。なお、開口絞りSは第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間に配置されており、変倍に際し第4レンズ群G4とともに移動する。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL2, when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 is reduced, and the second lens group G2 and the third lens group are reduced. The distance from G3 changes, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 increases, the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 decreases, and the distance from the fifth lens group G5 The first lens group G1 moves to the image side so that the distance (back focus) from the image plane I increases, and the second lens group G2, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group G5 moves to the object side. The aperture diaphragm S is arranged between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, and moves together with the fourth lens group G4 at the time of scaling.
また、変倍光学系ZL2は、第2レンズ群G2を像側に移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うように構成されている。 Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL2 is configured to focus from an infinity object to a short-distance object by moving the second lens group G2 to the image side.
以下の表5に、変倍光学系ZL2の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 5 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system ZL2.
なお、表5において、第18面は開口絞りSを示し、第9面、第24面及び第33面は仮想面を示している。また、第24面には副絞りを配置することができる。 In Table 5, the 18th surface shows the aperture stop S, and the 9th, 24th, and 33rd surfaces show virtual surfaces. Further, a secondary diaphragm can be arranged on the 24th surface.
また、この変倍光学系ZL2の物体側にフィルターを配置するときは、第1面から物体側に6.10mm離れた位置に配置される。 When the filter is arranged on the object side of the variable magnification optical system ZL2, it is arranged at a position 6.10 mm away from the first surface on the object side.
(表5)第2実施例
[全体諸元]
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f = 14.400 〜 18.000 〜 20.000 〜 23.300
FNO = 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91
2ω(°) = 114.733 〜 100.255 〜 93.680 〜 84.518
Ymax = 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600
TL(空気換算長)= 157.612 〜 154.540 〜 154.421 〜 153.680
Bf(空気換算長)= 38.098 〜 43.918 〜 47.289 〜 53.515
[レンズデータ]
m r d nd νd
物面 ∞
1* 205.1729 3.1000 1.588870 61.13
2* 17.5567 12.8326
3 114.0778 2.0000 1.851080 40.12
4* 31.6290 10.7225
5 -46.1746 1.7000 1.433848 95.23
6 64.9422 0.2000
7 43.9857 4.9563 1.850260 32.35
8 -739.0819 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 52.0829 2.4000 1.755200 27.57
11 298.7151 0.2000
12 68.9680 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
13 18.9881 4.7000 1.737999 32.33
14 -2022.5978 d14
15 286.5992 1.1000 1.950000 29.37
16 46.7172 4.6000 1.531720 48.78
17 -31.7120 d17
18 0.0000 4.4042 開口絞りS
19 -27.9959 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
20 28.8462 3.7000 1.846660 23.80
21 -557.2164 0.2000
22 68.8702 2.8000 1.963000 24.11
23 -141.5400 1.5000
24 0.0000 d24
25 27.3401 8.6000 1.497820 82.57
26 -22.2407 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
27 -31.9295 0.2000
28 392.1080 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
29 22.3559 7.0000 1.497820 82.57
30 -57.4736 1.0035
31 -58.3185 1.5000 1.860999 37.10
32* -71.1156 d32
33 0.0000 35.2000
34 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
35 0.0000 1.2329
像面 ∞
[レンズ群焦点距離]
レンズ群 始面 焦点距離
第1レンズ群 1 -21.147
第2レンズ群 10 68.510
第3レンズ群 15 87.743
第4レンズ群 19 -76.490
第5レンズ群 25 46.500
(Table 5) Second Example [Overall specifications]
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f = 14.400 ~ 18.000 ~ 20.000 ~ 23.300
FNO = 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91
2ω (°) = 114.733 ~ 100.255 ~ 93.680 ~ 84.518
Ymax = 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600
TL (air equivalent length) = 157.612 ~ 154.540 ~ 154.421 ~ 153.680
Bf (air equivalent length) = 38.098 ~ 43.918 ~ 47.289 ~ 53.515
[Lens data]
m r d nd ν d
Physical surface ∞
1 * 205.1729 3.1000 1.588870 61.13
2 * 17.5567 12.8326
3 114.0778 2.0000 1.851080 40.12
4 * 31.6290 10.7225
5 -46.1746 1.7000 1.433848 95.23
6 64.9422 0.2000
7 43.9857 4.9563 1.850260 32.35
8 -739.0819 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 52.0829 2.4000 1.755200 27.57
11 298.7151 0.2000
12 68.9680 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
13 18.9881 4.7000 1.737999 32.33
14 -2022.5978 d14
15 286.5992 1.1000 1.950000 29.37
16 46.7172 4.6000 1.531720 48.78
17 -31.7120 d17
18 0.0000 4.4042 Aperture aperture S
19 -27.9959 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
20 28.8462 3.7000 1.846660 23.80
21 -557.2164 0.2000
22 68.8702 2.8000 1.963000 24.11
23 -141.5400 1.5000
24 0.0000 d24
25 27.3401 8.6000 1.497820 82.57
26 -22.2407 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
27 -31.9295 0.2000
28 392.1080 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
29 22.3559 7.0000 1.497820 82.57
30 -57.4736 1.0035
31 -58.3185 1.5000 1.860999 37.10
32 * -71.1156 d32
33 0.0000 35.2000
34 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
35 0.0000 1.2329
Image plane ∞
[Lens group focal length]
Lens group Start surface Focal length 1st lens group 1 -21.147
4th lens group 19 -76.490
5th lens group 25 46.500
この変倍光学系ZL2において、第1面、第2面、第4面及び第32面の各レンズ面は非球面形状に形成されている。次の表6に、面番号m及び非球面のデータ、すなわち円錐定数K及び各非球面定数A4〜A12の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL2, each lens surface of the first surface, the second surface, the fourth surface, and the 32nd surface is formed in an aspherical shape. Table 6 below shows the data of the surface number m and the aspherical surface, that is, the values of the conical constant K and the aspherical constants A4 to A12.
(表6)
[非球面データ]
第 1面 K=1.0000
A4 = 1.15717E-05 A6 =-1.66721E-08 A8 = 1.77522E-11
A10=-1.04794E-14 A12= 3.05490E-18 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 2面 K=0.0000
A4 = 4.54275E-06 A6 = 1.13567E-08 A8 = 1.93629E-11
A10=-3.22207E-13 A12= 4.31580E-16 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 4面 K=2.0000
A4 = 1.46075E-05 A6 = 1.38300E-08 A8 =-7.82738E-11
A10= 9.13879E-13 A12=-1.45480E-15 A14= 0.00000E+00
第32面 K=1.0000
A4 = 1.36004E-05 A6 = 2.06160E-08 A8 = 8.92060E-11
A10=-2.49786E-13 A12= 1.19380E-15 A14= 0.00000E+00
(Table 6)
[Aspherical data]
First side K = 1.000
A4 = 1.15717E-05 A6 = -1.66721E-08 A8 = 1.77522E-11
A10 = -1.04794E-14 A12 = 3.05490E-18 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Second side K = 0.0000
A4 = 4.54275E-06 A6 = 1.13567E-08 A8 = 1.93629E-11
A10 = -3.22207E-13 A12 = 4.31580E-16 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 4 K = 2.000
A4 = 1.46075E-05 A6 = 1.38300E-08 A8 = -7.82738E-11
A10 = 9.13879E-13 A12 = -1.45480E-15 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 32 K = 1.000
A4 = 1.36004E-05 A6 = 2.06160E-08 A8 = 8.92060E-11
A10 = -2.49786E-13 A12 = 1.19380E-15 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
この変倍光学系ZL2において、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との軸上空気間隔d8及びd9、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との軸上空気間隔d14、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との軸上空気間隔d17、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との軸上空気間隔d24、並びに、第5レンズ群G5とフィルターFLとの軸上空気間隔d32は、変倍及び合焦に際して変化する。次の表7に、無限遠物体合焦時、近距離物体合焦時及び最至近物体合焦時のそれぞれにおける広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、及び望遠端状態の各焦点距離おける可変間隔の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL2, the axial air spacing d8 and d9 between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, and the axial air spacing d14 and third between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3. The on-axis air gap d17 between the lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, the on-axis air distance d24 between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5, and the on-axis of the fifth lens group G5 and the filter FL. The air spacing d32 changes upon scaling and focusing. Table 7 below shows the variable intervals at the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state at the time of focusing on an infinity object, focusing on a short-range object, and focusing on the closest object, respectively. Indicates a value.
(表7)
[可変間隔データ]
−無限遠物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 22.8572 11.8896 7.4255 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d14 4.7767 8.7786 10.0600 9.3930
d17 1.5000 3.6452 4.8753 5.2525
d24 6.3610 2.2891 0.7521 0.0000
d32 0.5000 6.2202 9.5924 15.8643
−近距離物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 543.9428 689.0016 769.4614 902.1315
d8 22.8572 11.8896 7.4255 1.5000
d9 0.7774 0.6310 0.5801 0.5199
d14 3.9994 8.1476 9.4799 8.8730
d17 1.5000 3.6452 4.8753 5.2525
d24 6.3610 2.2891 0.7521 0.0000
d32 0.5000 6.2202 9.5924 15.8643
−最至近物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.102 -0.126 -0.140 -0.163
d0 115.6064 118.6787 118.7977 119.5385
d8 22.8572 11.8896 7.4255 1.5000
d9 3.0354 3.0213 3.0846 3.2044
d14 1.7414 5.7572 6.9754 6.1886
d17 1.5000 3.6452 4.8753 5.2525
d24 6.3610 2.2891 0.7521 0.0000
d32 0.5000 6.2202 9.5924 15.8643
(Table 7)
[Variable interval data]
-When focusing on an infinite object-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 22.8572 11.8896 7.4255 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d14 4.7767 8.7786 10.0600 9.3930
d17 1.5000 3.6452 4.8753 5.2525
d24 6.3610 2.2891 0.7521 0.0000
d32 0.5000 6.2202 9.5924 15.8643
-When focusing on short-range objects-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 543.9428 689.0016 769.4614 902.1315
d8 22.8572 11.8896 7.4255 1.5000
d9 0.7774 0.6310 0.5801 0.5199
d14 3.9994 8.1476 9.4799 8.8730
d17 1.5000 3.6452 4.8753 5.2525
d24 6.3610 2.2891 0.7521 0.0000
d32 0.5000 6.2202 9.5924 15.8643
-When the closest object is in focus-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.102 -0.126 -0.140 -0.163
d0 115.6064 118.6787 118.7977 119.5385
d8 22.8572 11.8896 7.4255 1.5000
d9 3.0354 3.0213 3.0846 3.2044
d14 1.7414 5.7572 6.9754 6.1886
d17 1.5000 3.6452 4.8753 5.2525
d24 6.3610 2.2891 0.7521 0.0000
d32 0.5000 6.2202 9.5924 15.8643
次の表8に、変倍光学系ZL2における各条件式対応値を示す。なお、この変倍光学系ZL2において、特定負レンズは、両凹負レンズL13であり、特定レンズは、両凸正レンズL51及び両凸正レンズL54である。 Table 8 below shows the values corresponding to each conditional expression in the variable magnification optical system ZL2. In the variable magnification optical system ZL2, the specific negative lens is the biconcave negative lens L13, and the specific lenses are the biconvex positive lens L51 and the biconvex positive lens L54.
(表8)
Σν1n=196.48
Σ(ν1n×f1n)=-9987.927
STLw=78.745
fL1=-32.805
fL2=-52.000
[条件式対応値]
(1)ν1n=95.23
(2)nL2/nL1=1.165
(3)N1n=3
(4)2ωw=114.733°
(5)nL1=1.589
(6)fw×(−f1)/Fnow=104.645mm2
(7)(L1r2+L1r1)/(L1r2−L1r1)=-1.187
(8)(Σν1n)/N1n=65.493
(9)(Σ(ν1n×f1n))/(N1n×f1)=157.436
(10)Bfw/fw=2.646
(11)STLw/TLw=0.500
(12)(−f1)/fw=1.469
(13)(−f1)/ft=0.908
(14)fL1/f1=1.551
(15)fL2/f1=2.459
(16)TLw/Bfw=4.137
(17)(L2r2+L2r1)/(L2r2−L2r1)=-1.767
(18)(L3r2+L3r1)/(L3r2−L3r1)= 0.169
(19)νr=82.57
(20)Fnow=2.91
(21)Fnot=2.91
(Table 8)
Σν1n = 196.48
Σ (ν1n × f1n) =-9987.927
STLw = 78.745
fL1 = -32.805
fL2 = -52.000
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
(1) ν1n = 95.23
(2) nL2 / nL1 = 1.165
(3) N1n = 3
(4) 2ωw = 114.733 °
(5) nL1 = 1.589
(6) fw × (−f1) / Fnow = 104.645mm 2
(7) (L1r2 + L1r1) / (L1r2-L1r1) =-1.187
(8) (Σν1n) / N1n = 65.493
(9) (Σ (ν1n × f1n)) / (N1n × f1) = 157.436
(10) Bfw / fw = 2.646
(11) STLw / TLw = 0.500
(12) (-f1) / fw = 1.469
(13) (-f1) /ft=0.908
(14) fL1 / f1 = 1.551
(15) fL2 / f1 = 2.459
(16) TLw / Bfw = 4.137
(17) (L2r2 + L2r1) / (L2r2-L2r1) =-1.767
(18) (L3r2 + L3r1) / (L3r2-L3r1) = 0.169
(19) νr = 82.57
(20) Fnow = 2.91
(21) Fnot = 2.91
このように、変倍光学系ZL2は、上記条件式(1)〜(21)を全て満足している。 As described above, the variable magnification optical system ZL2 satisfies all of the above conditional expressions (1) to (21).
この変倍光学系ZL2の無限遠物体合焦時の広角端状態及び望遠端状態における諸収差図を図4に示す。これらの諸収差図より、この変倍光学系ZL2は、広角端状態から望遠端状態にわたって諸収差を良好に補正し優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 FIG. 4 shows various aberration diagrams in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state when the variable magnification optical system ZL2 is in focus at an infinity object. From these various aberration diagrams, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system ZL2 satisfactorily corrects various aberrations from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state and has excellent imaging performance.
[第3実施例]
図5は、第3実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL3の構成を示す図である。この変倍光学系ZL3は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する後群GRとから構成されている。また、後群GRは、物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、負の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。
[Third Example]
FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a configuration of the variable magnification optical system ZL3 according to the third embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL3 is composed of a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a rear group GR having a positive refractive power in order from the object side. Further, the rear group GR includes a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, and a fourth lens group G4 having a negative refractive power in order from the object side. It is composed of a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
この変倍光学系ZL3において、第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に、物体側のレンズ面及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL11、像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成された両凹負レンズ形状の非球面負レンズL12、両凹負レンズL13、及び両凸正レンズL14で構成されている。また、第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL21、及び物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL23とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL31と両凸正レンズL32とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に、両凹負レンズL41と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL42とを接合した接合レンズ、及び両凸正レンズL43で構成されている。また、第5レンズ群G5は、物体側から順に、両凸正レンズL51と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL52とを接合した接合レンズ、及び物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL53と両凸正レンズL54と像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面正レンズL55とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。なお、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間には、フィルターFLが配置されている。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL3, the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the object side and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape in order from the object side, and the convex surface is directed toward the object side. The aspherical negative lens L11, the aspherical negative lens L12 having a biconcave negative lens shape with the lens surface on the image side formed into an aspherical shape, the biconcave negative lens L13, and the biconvex positive lens L14. Further, the second lens group G2 includes a positive meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L22 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a positive meniscus lens L23 having a convex surface facing the object side in order from the object side. It is composed of a bonded lens that is bonded to. Further, the third lens group G3 is composed of a junction lens in which a negative meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L32 are joined in order from the object side. Further, the fourth lens group G4 is composed of a junction lens in which a biconcave negative lens L41 and a positive meniscus lens L42 having a convex surface facing the object side are joined in order from the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L43. Further, the fifth lens group G5 includes a junction lens in which a biconvex positive lens L51 and a negative meniscus lens L52 having a concave surface facing the object side are joined in order from the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L53 having a convex surface facing the object side. The biconvex regular lens L54 and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape, and the lens surface is formed by joining the aspherical positive lens L55 in the shape of a positive meniscus lens with the concave surface facing the object side. A filter FL is arranged between the fifth lens group G5 and the image plane I.
また、変倍光学系ZL3は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔が変化し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔が増大し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔が減少し、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間隔(バックフォーカス)が増大するように、第1レンズ群G1が像側に移動し、第2レンズ群G2、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4及び第5レンズ群G5が物体側に移動する。なお、開口絞りSは第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間に配置されており、変倍に際し第3レンズ群G3とともに移動する。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL3, when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 is reduced, and the second lens group G2 and the third lens group are reduced. The distance from G3 changes, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 increases, the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 decreases, and the distance from the fifth lens group G5 The first lens group G1 moves to the image side so that the distance (back focus) from the image plane I increases, and the second lens group G2, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group G5 moves to the object side. The aperture diaphragm S is arranged between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, and moves together with the third lens group G3 at the time of scaling.
また、変倍光学系ZL3は、第2レンズ群G2を像側に移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うように構成されている。 Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL3 is configured to focus from an infinity object to a short-distance object by moving the second lens group G2 to the image side.
以下の表9に、変倍光学系ZL3の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 9 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system ZL3.
なお、表9において、第18面は開口絞りSを示し、第9面、第24面及び第32面は仮想面を示している。また、第24面には副絞りを配置することができる。 In Table 9, the 18th plane shows the aperture stop S, and the 9th, 24th, and 32nd planes show virtual planes. Further, a secondary diaphragm can be arranged on the 24th surface.
また、この変倍光学系ZL3の物体側にフィルターを配置するときは、第1面から物体側に6.10mm離れた位置に配置される。 When the filter is arranged on the object side of the variable magnification optical system ZL3, it is arranged at a position 6.10 mm away from the first surface on the object side.
(表9)第3実施例
[全体諸元]
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f = 14.400 〜 18.000 〜 20.000 〜 23.300
FNO = 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91
2ω(°) = 114.733 〜 100.259 〜 93.684 〜 84.519
Ymax = 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600
TL(空気換算長)= 165.966 〜 158.445 〜 157.021 〜 155.742
Bf(空気換算長)= 38.086 〜 43.089 〜 46.279 〜 52.057
[レンズデータ]
m r d nd νd
物面 ∞
1* 140.3310 3.1000 1.588870 61.13
2* 16.1170 15.8352
3 -2522.8076 2.0000 1.773870 47.25
4* 45.4385 8.5558
5 -66.8335 1.7000 1.433848 95.23
6 43.6375 1.7140
7 42.3398 5.9280 1.804400 39.61
8 -378.8325 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 52.1540 2.4000 1.772500 49.62
11 265.8146 0.2000
12 59.4781 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
13 18.8996 4.8000 1.731275 27.55
14 232.8799 d14
15 82.9424 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
16 35.0373 5.0000 1.525765 50.70
17 -39.0273 1.5000
18 0.0000 d18 開口絞りS
19 -39.0466 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
20 27.5192 3.3000 1.808090 22.74
21 182.0962 0.2000
22 56.9782 2.7000 1.963000 24.11
23 -407.2260 1.5000
24 0.0000 d24
25 26.0879 8.5000 1.497820 82.57
26 -22.3629 1.2000 1.883000 40.66
27 -30.9657 0.2000
28 1576.0034 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
29 20.7858 6.8000 1.497820 82.57
30 -78.3274 1.8000 1.860999 37.10
31* -75.8550 d31
32 0.0000 35.2000
33 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
34 0.0000 1.0651
像面 ∞
[レンズ群焦点距離]
レンズ群 始面 焦点距離
第1レンズ群 1 -22.503
第2レンズ群 10 76.247
第3レンズ群 15 78.275
第4レンズ群 19 -72.637
第5レンズ群 25 48.145
(Table 9) Third Example [Overall specifications]
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f = 14.400 ~ 18.000 ~ 20.000 ~ 23.300
FNO = 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91
2ω (°) = 114.733 ~ 100.259 ~ 93.684 ~ 84.519
Ymax = 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600
TL (air equivalent length) = 165.966 ~ 158.445 ~ 157.021 ~ 155.742
Bf (air equivalent length) = 38.086 ~ 43.089 ~ 46.279 ~ 52.057
[Lens data]
m r d nd ν d
Physical surface ∞
1 * 140.3310 3.1000 1.588870 61.13
2 * 16.1170 15.8352
3 -2522.8076 2.0000 1.773870 47.25
4 * 45.4385 8.5558
5 -66.8335 1.7000 1.433848 95.23
6 43.6375 1.7140
7 42.3398 5.9280 1.804400 39.61
8 -378.8325 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 52.1540 2.4000 1.772500 49.62
11 265.8146 0.2000
12 59.4781 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
13 18.8996 4.8000 1.731275 27.55
14 232.8799 d14
15 82.9424 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
16 35.0373 5.0000 1.525765 50.70
17 -39.0273 1.5000
18 0.0000 d18 Aperture aperture S
19 -39.0466 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
20 27.5192 3.3000 1.808090 22.74
21 182.0962 0.2000
22 56.9782 2.7000 1.963000 24.11
23 -407.2260 1.5000
24 0.0000 d24
25 26.0879 8.5000 1.497820 82.57
26 -22.3629 1.2000 1.883000 40.66
27 -30.9657 0.2000
28 1576.0034 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
29 20.7858 6.8000 1.497820 82.57
30 -78.3274 1.8000 1.860999 37.10
31 * -75.8550 d31
32 0.0000 35.2000
33 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
34 0.0000 1.0651
Image plane ∞
[Lens group focal length]
Lens group Start surface Focal length 1st lens group 1 -22.503
4th lens group 19 -72.637
5th lens group 25 48.145
この変倍光学系ZL3において、第1面、第2面、第4面及び第31面の各レンズ面は非球面形状に形成されている。次の表10に、面番号m及び非球面のデータ、すなわち円錐定数K及び各非球面定数A4〜A12の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL3, each lens surface of the first surface, the second surface, the fourth surface, and the 31st surface is formed in an aspherical shape. Table 10 below shows the data of the surface number m and the aspherical surface, that is, the values of the conical constant K and the aspherical constants A4 to A12.
(表10)
[非球面データ]
第 1面 K=1.0000
A4 = 4.25491E-06 A6 =-4.84680E-09 A8 = 5.09007E-12
A10=-2.74937E-15 A12= 7.56860E-19 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 2面 K=0.0000
A4 = 2.95160E-06 A6 = 8.42874E-09 A8 =-1.70913E-11
A10=-2.10307E-14 A12=-1.26170E-17 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 4面 K=2.0000
A4 = 1.31082E-05 A6 =-2.47332E-09 A8 = 9.40637E-11
A10=-1.72001E-13 A12= 3.42270E-16 A14= 0.00000E+00
第31面 K=1.0000
A4 = 1.28263E-05 A6 = 1.08911E-08 A8 = 2.06427E-10
A10=-8.83154E-13 A12= 2.93050E-15 A14= 0.00000E+00
(Table 10)
[Aspherical data]
First side K = 1.000
A4 = 4.25491E-06 A6 = -4.84680E-09 A8 = 5.09007E-12
A10 = -2.74937E-15 A12 = 7.56860E-19 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Second side K = 0.0000
A4 = 2.95160E-06 A6 = 8.42874E-09 A8 = -1.70913E-11
A10 = -2.10307E-14 A12 = -1.26170E-17 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 4 K = 2.000
A4 = 1.31082E-05 A6 = -2.47332E-09 A8 = 9.40637E-11
A10 = -1.72001E-13 A12 = 3.42270E-16 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 31 K = 1.000
A4 = 1.28263E-05 A6 = 1.08911E-08 A8 = 2.06427E-10
A10 = -8.83154E-13 A12 = 2.93050E-15 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
この変倍光学系ZL3において、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との軸上空気間隔d8及びd9、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との軸上空気間隔d14、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との軸上空気間隔d18、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との軸上空気間隔d24、並びに、第5レンズ群G5とフィルターFLとの軸上空気間隔d31は、変倍及び合焦に際して変化する。次の表11に、無限遠物体合焦時、近距離物体合焦時及び最至近物体合焦時のそれぞれにおける広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、及び望遠端状態の各焦点距離おける可変間隔の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL3, the axial air spacing d8 and d9 between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, and the axial air spacing d14 and the third lens group G2 between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3. The on-axis air gap d18 between the lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, the on-axis air distance d24 between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5, and the on-axis of the fifth lens group G5 and the filter FL. The air spacing d31 changes upon scaling and focusing. Table 11 below shows the variable intervals at the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state at the time of focusing on an infinity object, focusing on a short-range object, and focusing on the closest object, respectively. Indicates a value.
(表11)
[可変間隔データ]
−無限遠物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 25.0258 12.9539 7.9550 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d14 5.9986 9.9520 10.6450 10.4616
d18 3.3743 6.3751 7.4841 8.2905
d24 7.0481 2.6418 1.2253 0.0000
d31 0.5000 5.4031 8.6154 14.3923
−近距離物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 543.4416 688.5066 768.9767 901.6419
d8 25.0258 12.9539 7.9550 1.5000
d9 0.8802 0.7142 0.6565 0.5876
d14 5.1183 9.2378 9.9885 9.8739
d18 3.3743 6.3751 7.4841 8.2905
d24 7.0481 2.6418 1.2253 0.0000
d31 0.5000 5.4031 8.6154 14.3923
−最至近物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.106 -0.129 -0.142 -0.165
d0 110.2525 114.7733 116.1976 117.4763
d8 25.0258 12.9539 7.9550 1.5000
d9 3.5539 3.4989 3.5405 3.6597
d14 2.4447 6.4532 7.1046 6.8019
d18 3.3743 6.3751 7.4841 8.2905
d24 7.0481 2.6418 1.2253 0.0000
d31 0.5000 5.4031 8.6154 14.3923
(Table 11)
[Variable interval data]
-When focusing on an infinite object-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 25.0258 12.9539 7.9550 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d14 5.9986 9.9520 10.6450 10.4616
d18 3.3743 6.3751 7.4841 8.2905
d24 7.0481 2.6418 1.2253 0.0000
d31 0.5000 5.4031 8.6154 14.3923
-When focusing on short-range objects-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 543.4416 688.5066 768.9767 901.6419
d8 25.0258 12.9539 7.9550 1.5000
d9 0.8802 0.7142 0.6565 0.5876
d14 5.1183 9.2378 9.9885 9.8739
d18 3.3743 6.3751 7.4841 8.2905
d24 7.0481 2.6418 1.2253 0.0000
d31 0.5000 5.4031 8.6154 14.3923
-When the closest object is in focus-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.106 -0.129 -0.142 -0.165
d0 110.2525 114.7733 116.1976 117.4763
d8 25.0258 12.9539 7.9550 1.5000
d9 3.5539 3.4989 3.5405 3.6597
d14 2.4447 6.4532 7.1046 6.8019
d18 3.3743 6.3751 7.4841 8.2905
d24 7.0481 2.6418 1.2253 0.0000
d31 0.5000 5.4031 8.6154 14.3923
次の表12に、変倍光学系ZL3における各条件式対応値を示す。なお、この変倍光学系ZL3において、特定負レンズは、両凹負レンズL13であり、特定レンズは、両凸正レンズL51及び両凸正レンズL54である。 Table 12 below shows the values corresponding to each conditional expression in the variable magnification optical system ZL3. In the variable magnification optical system ZL3, the specific negative lens is the biconcave negative lens L13, and the specific lenses are the biconvex positive lens L51 and the biconvex positive lens L54.
(表12)
Σν1n=203.61
Σ(ν1n×f1n)=-10400.130
STLw=85.957
fL1=-31.209
fL2=-57.658
[条件式対応値]
(1)ν1n=95.23
(2)nL2/nL1=1.116
(3)N1n=3
(4)2ωw=114.733°
(5)nL1=1.589
(6)fw×(−f1)/Fnow=111.353mm2
(7)(L1r2+L1r1)/(L1r2−L1r1)=-1.260
(8)(Σν1n)/N1n=67.870
(9)(Σ(ν1n×f1n))/(N1n×f1)=154.058
(10)Bfw/fw=2.645
(11)STLw/TLw=0.527
(12)(−f1)/fw=1.563
(13)(−f1)/ft=0.966
(14)fL1/f1=1.387
(15)fL2/f1=2.562
(16)TLw/Bfw=4.279
(17)(L2r2+L2r1)/(L2r2−L2r1)=-0.965
(18)(L3r2+L3r1)/(L3r2−L3r1)=-0.210
(19)νr=82.57
(20)Fnow=2.91
(21)Fnot=2.91
(Table 12)
Σν1n = 203.61
Σ (ν1n × f1n) =-10400.130
STLw = 85.957
fL1 = -31.209
fL2 = -57.658
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
(1) ν1n = 95.23
(2) nL2 / nL1 = 1.116
(3) N1n = 3
(4) 2ωw = 114.733 °
(5) nL1 = 1.589
(6) fw × (−f1) / Fnow = 111.353 mm 2
(7) (L1r2 + L1r1) / (L1r2-L1r1) =-1.260
(8) (Σν1n) / N1n = 67.870
(9) (Σ (ν1n × f1n)) / (N1n × f1) = 154.058
(10) Bfw / fw = 2.645
(11) STLw / TLw = 0.527
(12) (-f1) / fw = 1.563
(13) (-f1) / ft = 0.966
(14) fL1 / f1 = 1.387
(15) fL2 / f1 = 2.562
(16) TLw / Bfw = 4.279
(17) (L2r2 + L2r1) / (L2r2-L2r1) =-0.965
(18) (L3r2 + L3r1) / (L3r2-L3r1) = -0.210
(19) νr = 82.57
(20) Fnow = 2.91
(21) Fnot = 2.91
このように、変倍光学系ZL3は、上記条件式(1)〜(21)を全て満足している。 As described above, the variable magnification optical system ZL3 satisfies all of the above conditional expressions (1) to (21).
この変倍光学系ZL3の無限遠物体合焦時の広角端状態及び望遠端状態における諸収差図を図6に示す。これらの諸収差図より、この変倍光学系ZL3は、広角端状態から望遠端状態にわたって諸収差を良好に補正し優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 FIG. 6 shows various aberration diagrams in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state when the variable magnification optical system ZL3 is in focus at an infinity object. From these various aberration diagrams, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system ZL3 satisfactorily corrects various aberrations from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state and has excellent imaging performance.
[第4実施例]
図7は、第4実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL4の構成を示す図である。この変倍光学系ZL4は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する後群GRとから構成されている。また、後群GRは、物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、負の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。
[Fourth Example]
FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a configuration of the variable magnification optical system ZL4 according to the fourth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL4 is composed of a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a rear group GR having a positive refractive power in order from the object side. Further, the rear group GR includes a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, and a fourth lens group G4 having a negative refractive power in order from the object side. It is composed of a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
この変倍光学系ZL4において、第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に、物体側のレンズ面及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL11、像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL12、両凹負レンズL13、及び両凸正レンズL14で構成されている。また、第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL21、及び物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22と両凸正レンズL23とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL31と両凸正レンズL32とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に、両凹負レンズL41と両凸正レンズL42とを接合した接合レンズ、及び物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL43で構成されている。また、第5レンズ群G5は、物体側から順に、両凸正レンズL51と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL52とを接合した接合レンズ、及び物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL53と両凸正レンズL54と像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面正レンズL55とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。なお、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間には、フィルターFLが配置されている。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL4, the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the object side and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape in order from the object side, and the convex surface is directed toward the object side. Aspherical negative lens L11, an aspherical negative lens L12 having a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the image side is formed in an aspherical shape and a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave negative lens L13, and a biconvex positive lens L14. It is composed of. Further, the second lens group G2 is a junction lens in which a positive meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L22 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L23 are joined in order from the object side. It is composed of. Further, the third lens group G3 is composed of a junction lens in which a negative meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L32 are joined in order from the object side. Further, the fourth lens group G4 is composed of a junction lens in which a biconcave negative lens L41 and a biconvex positive lens L42 are joined in order from the object side, and a positive meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. Further, the fifth lens group G5 includes a junction lens in which a biconvex positive lens L51 and a negative meniscus lens L52 having a concave surface facing the object side are joined in order from the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L53 having a convex surface facing the object side. The biconvex regular lens L54 and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape, and the lens surface is formed by joining the aspherical positive lens L55 in the shape of a positive meniscus lens with the concave surface facing the object side. A filter FL is arranged between the fifth lens group G5 and the image plane I.
また、変倍光学系ZL4は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔が変化し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔が増大し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔が減少し、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間隔(バックフォーカス)が増大するように、第1レンズ群G1が像側に移動し、第2レンズ群G2、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4及び第5レンズ群G5が物体側に移動する。なお、開口絞りSは第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間に配置されており、変倍に際し第3レンズ群G3とともに移動する。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL4, when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 is reduced, and the second lens group G2 and the third lens group are reduced. The distance from G3 changes, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 increases, the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 decreases, and the distance from the fifth lens group G5 The first lens group G1 moves to the image side so that the distance (back focus) from the image plane I increases, and the second lens group G2, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group G5 moves to the object side. The aperture diaphragm S is arranged between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, and moves together with the third lens group G3 at the time of scaling.
また、変倍光学系ZL4は、第2レンズ群G2を像側に移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うように構成されている。 Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL4 is configured to focus from an infinity object to a short-distance object by moving the second lens group G2 to the image side.
以下の表13に、変倍光学系ZL4の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 13 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system ZL4.
なお、表13において、第18面は開口絞りSを示し、第9面、第24面及び第32面は仮想面を示している。また、第24面には副絞りを配置することができる。 In Table 13, the 18th surface shows the aperture stop S, and the 9th, 24th, and 32nd surfaces show virtual surfaces. Further, a secondary diaphragm can be arranged on the 24th surface.
また、この変倍光学系ZL4の物体側にフィルターを配置するときは、第1面から物体側に6.10mm離れた位置に配置される。 When the filter is arranged on the object side of the variable magnification optical system ZL4, it is arranged at a position 6.10 mm away from the first surface on the object side.
(表13)第4実施例
[全体諸元]
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f = 14.400 〜 18.000 〜 20.000 〜 23.300
FNO = 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91
2ω(°) = 114.734 〜 100.512 〜 93.875 〜 84.519
Ymax = 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600
TL(空気換算長)= 159.177 〜 154.664 〜 153.790 〜 153.659
Bf(空気換算長)= 38.070 〜 43.957 〜 47.366 〜 53.184
[レンズデータ]
m r d nd νd
物面 ∞
1* 90.3166 3.1000 1.677980 54.89
2* 17.5651 13.1700
3 174.6872 2.0000 1.882023 37.22
4* 32.3261 10.9488
5 -40.1458 1.7000 1.433848 95.23
6 63.0439 0.2488
7 49.0293 5.3084 1.953750 32.33
8 -272.4542 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 52.7250 3.4795 1.850000 27.03
11 905.8749 0.2000
12 63.2104 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
13 19.5101 5.0000 1.647690 33.72
14 -605.1149 d14
15 131.6961 1.1000 1.903660 31.27
16 41.1798 4.8000 1.516800 64.13
17 -33.5987 1.5000
18 0.0000 d18 開口絞りS
19 -33.4463 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
20 28.7483 3.7000 1.808090 22.74
21 -4455.8379 0.2000
22 56.8591 2.3000 1.963000 24.11
23 1989.0932 1.5000
24 0.0000 d24
25 27.9660 8.7000 1.497820 82.57
26 -21.3402 1.2000 1.883000 40.66
27 -29.4982 0.2000
28 833.0842 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
29 21.2365 6.7000 1.497820 82.57
30 -131.0269 1.8000 1.860999 37.10
31* -81.9522 d31
32 0.0000 35.2000
33 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
34 0.0000 1.3049
像面 ∞
[レンズ群焦点距離]
レンズ群 始面 焦点距離
第1レンズ群 1 -20.675
第2レンズ群 10 64.283
第3レンズ群 15 77.240
第4レンズ群 19 -64.451
第5レンズ群 25 46.308
(Table 13) Fourth Example [Overall specifications]
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f = 14.400 ~ 18.000 ~ 20.000 ~ 23.300
FNO = 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91
2ω (°) = 114.734 ~ 100.512 ~ 93.875 ~ 84.519
Ymax = 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600
TL (air equivalent length) = 159.177 ~ 154.664 ~ 153.790 ~ 153.659
Bf (air equivalent length) = 38.070 ~ 43.957 ~ 47.366 ~ 53.184
[Lens data]
m r d nd ν d
Physical surface ∞
1 * 90.3166 3.1000 1.677980 54.89
2 * 17.5651 13.1700
3 174.6872 2.0000 1.882023 37.22
4 * 32.3261 10.9488
5 -40.1458 1.7000 1.433848 95.23
6 63.0439 0.2488
7 49.0293 5.3084 1.953750 32.33
8 -272.4542 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 52.7250 3.4795 1.850000 27.03
11 905.8749 0.2000
12 63.2104 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
13 19.5101 5.0000 1.647690 33.72
14 -605.1149 d14
15 131.6961 1.1000 1.903660 31.27
16 41.1798 4.8000 1.516800 64.13
17 -33.5987 1.5000
18 0.0000 d18 Aperture aperture S
19 -33.4463 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
20 28.7483 3.7000 1.808090 22.74
21 -4455.8379 0.2000
22 56.8591 2.3000 1.963000 24.11
23 1989.0932 1.5000
24 0.0000 d24
25 27.9660 8.7000 1.497820 82.57
26 -21.3402 1.2000 1.883000 40.66
27 -29.4982 0.2000
28 833.0842 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
29 21.2365 6.7000 1.497820 82.57
30 -131.0269 1.8000 1.860999 37.10
31 * -81.9522 d31
32 0.0000 35.2000
33 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
34 0.0000 1.3049
Image plane ∞
[Lens group focal length]
Lens group Start surface Focal length 1st lens group 1 -20.675
4th lens group 19 -64.451
5th lens group 25 46.308
この変倍光学系ZL4において、第1面、第2面、第4面及び第31面の各レンズ面は非球面形状に形成されている。次の表14に、面番号m及び非球面のデータ、すなわち円錐定数K及び各非球面定数A4〜A12の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL4, each lens surface of the first surface, the second surface, the fourth surface, and the 31st surface is formed in an aspherical shape. Table 14 below shows the data of the surface number m and the aspherical surface, that is, the values of the conical constant K and the aspherical constants A4 to A12.
(表14)
[非球面データ]
第 1面 K=1.0000
A4 = 9.81343E-06 A6 =-2.00352E-08 A8 = 2.68089E-11
A10=-1.91082E-14 A12= 6.61500E-18 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 2面 K=0.0000
A4 = 9.32337E-06 A6 = 3.93185E-11 A8 =-4.76302E-11
A10=-1.21872E-13 A12= 2.94780E-16 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 4面 K=2.0000
A4 = 1.36041E-05 A6 = 4.77634E-09 A8 = 6.06428E-11
A10= 4.61232E-13 A12=-1.15710E-15 A14= 0.00000E+00
第31面 K=1.0000
A4 = 1.19337E-05 A6 = 1.13335E-08 A8= 1.45175E-10
A10=-5.29199E-13 A12= 1.81530E-15 A14= 0.00000E+00
(Table 14)
[Aspherical data]
First side K = 1.000
A4 = 9.81343E-06 A6 = -2.00352E-08 A8 = 2.68089E-11
A10 = -1.91082E-14 A12 = 6.61500E-18 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Second side K = 0.0000
A4 = 9.32337E-06 A6 = 3.93185E-11 A8 = -4.76302E-11
A10 = -1.21872E-13 A12 = 2.94780E-16 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 4 K = 2.000
A4 = 1.36041E-05 A6 = 4.77634E-09 A8 = 6.06428E-11
A10 = 4.61232E-13 A12 = -1.15710E-15 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 31 K = 1.000
A4 = 1.19337E-05 A6 = 1.13335E-08 A8 = 1.45175E-10
A10 = -5.29199E-13 A12 = 1.81530E-15 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
この変倍光学系ZL4において、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との軸上空気間隔d8及びd9、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との軸上空気間隔d14、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との軸上空気間隔d18、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との軸上空気間隔d24、並びに、第5レンズ群G5とフィルターFLとの軸上空気間隔d31は、変倍及び合焦に際して変化する。次の表15に、無限遠物体合焦時、近距離物体合焦時及び最至近物体合焦時のそれぞれにおける広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、及び望遠端状態の各焦点距離おける可変間隔の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL4, the axial air spacing d8 and d9 between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, and the axial air spacing d14 and the third lens group G2 between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3. The on-axis air gap d18 between the lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, the on-axis air distance d24 between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5, and the on-axis of the fifth lens group G5 and the filter FL. The air spacing d31 changes upon scaling and focusing. Table 15 below shows the variable intervals at each focal length in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state at the time of focusing on an infinity object, focusing on a short-range object, and focusing on the closest object, respectively. Indicates a value.
(表15)
[可変間隔データ]
−無限遠物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 22.4312 11.5043 7.0971 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d14 6.4000 9.7974 10.2841 9.7673
d18 3.1355 4.8832 5.7872 6.9523
d24 6.8852 2.2657 1.0000 0.0000
d31 0.5000 6.3273 9.7040 15.5208
−近距離物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 543.9177 689.0584 769.5276 902.1634
d8 22.4312 11.5043 7.0971 1.5000
d9 0.7514 0.5958 0.5433 0.4811
d14 5.6486 9.2017 9.7408 9.2862
d18 3.1355 4.8832 5.7872 6.9523
d24 6.8852 2.2657 1.0000 0.0000
d31 0.5000 6.3273 9.7040 15.5208
−最至近物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.103 -0.126 -0.139 -0.163
d0 114.0413 118.5550 119.4285 119.5597
d8 22.4312 11.5043 7.0971 1.5000
d9 2.9730 2.8628 2.8851 2.9744
d14 3.4270 6.9346 7.3990 6.7929
d18 3.1355 4.8832 5.7872 6.9523
d24 6.8852 2.2657 1.0000 0.0000
d31 0.5000 6.3273 9.7040 15.5208
(Table 15)
[Variable interval data]
-When focusing on an infinite object-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 22.4312 11.5043 7.0971 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d14 6.4000 9.7974 10.2841 9.7673
d18 3.1355 4.8832 5.7872 6.9523
d24 6.8852 2.2657 1.0000 0.0000
d31 0.5000 6.3273 9.7040 15.5208
-When focusing on short-range objects-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 543.9177 689.0584 769.5276 902.1634
d8 22.4312 11.5043 7.0971 1.5000
d9 0.7514 0.5958 0.5433 0.4811
d14 5.6486 9.2017 9.7408 9.2862
d18 3.1355 4.8832 5.7872 6.9523
d24 6.8852 2.2657 1.0000 0.0000
d31 0.5000 6.3273 9.7040 15.5208
-When the closest object is in focus-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.103 -0.126 -0.139 -0.163
d0 114.0413 118.5550 119.4285 119.5597
d8 22.4312 11.5043 7.0971 1.5000
d9 2.9730 2.8628 2.8851 2.9744
d14 3.4270 6.9346 7.3990 6.7929
d18 3.1355 4.8832 5.7872 6.9523
d24 6.8852 2.2657 1.0000 0.0000
d31 0.5000 6.3273 9.7040 15.5208
次の表16に、変倍光学系ZL4における各条件式対応値を示す。なお、この変倍光学系ZL4において、特定負レンズは、両凹負レンズL13であり、特定レンズは、両凸正レンズL51及び両凸正レンズL54である。 Table 16 below shows the values corresponding to each conditional expression in the variable magnification optical system ZL4. In this variable magnification optical system ZL4, the specific negative lens is the biconcave negative lens L13, and the specific lenses are the biconvex positive lens L51 and the biconvex positive lens L54.
(表16)
Σν1n=187.34
Σ(ν1n×f1n)=-8838.345
STLw=82.487
fL1=-32.727
fL2=-45.270
[条件式対応値]
(1)ν1n=95.23
(2)nL2/nL1=1.122
(3)N1n=3
(4)2ωw=114.734°
(5)nL1=1.678
(6)fw×(−f1)/Fnow=102.308mm2
(7)(L1r2+L1r1)/(L1r2−L1r1)=-1.483
(8)(Σν1n)/N1n=62.447
(9)(Σ(ν1n×f1n))/(N1n×f1)=142.498
(10)Bfw/fw=2.644
(11)STLw/TLw=0.518
(12)(−f1)/fw=1.436
(13)(−f1)/ft=0.887
(14)fL1/f1=1.583
(15)fL2/f1=2.190
(16)TLw/Bfw= 4.181
(17)(L2r2+L2r1)/(L2r2−L2r1)=-1.454
(18)(L3r2+L3r1)/(L3r2−L3r1)= 0.222
(19)νr=82.57
(20)Fnow=2.91
(21)Fnot=2.91
(Table 16)
Σν1n = 187.34
Σ (ν1n × f1n) =-8838.345
STLw = 82.487
fL1 = -32.727
fL2 = -45.270
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
(1) ν1n = 95.23
(2) nL2 / nL1 = 1.122
(3) N1n = 3
(4) 2ωw = 114.734 °
(5) nL1 = 1.678
(6) fw × (−f1) / Fnow = 102.308mm 2
(7) (L1r2 + L1r1) / (L1r2-L1r1) = -1.483
(8) (Σν1n) /N1n=62.447
(9) (Σ (ν1n × f1n)) / (N1n × f1) = 142.498
(10) Bfw / fw = 2.644
(11) STLw / TLw = 0.518
(12) (-f1) / fw = 1.436
(13) (-f1) / ft = 0.887
(14) fL1 / f1 = 1.583
(15) fL2 / f1 = 2.190
(16) TLw / Bfw = 4.181
(17) (L2r2 + L2r1) / (L2r2-L2r1) =-1.454
(18) (L3r2 + L3r1) / (L3r2-L3r1) = 0.222
(19) νr = 82.57
(20) Fnow = 2.91
(21) Fnot = 2.91
このように、変倍光学系ZL4は、上記条件式(1)〜(21)を全て満足している。 As described above, the variable magnification optical system ZL4 satisfies all of the above conditional expressions (1) to (21).
この変倍光学系ZL4の無限遠物体合焦時の広角端状態及び望遠端状態における諸収差図を図8に示す。これらの諸収差図より、この変倍光学系ZL4は、広角端状態から望遠端状態にわたって諸収差を良好に補正し優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 FIG. 8 shows various aberration diagrams in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state when the variable magnification optical system ZL4 is in focus at an infinity object. From these various aberration diagrams, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system ZL4 satisfactorily corrects various aberrations from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state and has excellent imaging performance.
[第5実施例]
図9は、第5実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL5の構成を示す図である。この変倍光学系ZL5は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する後群GRとから構成されている。また、後群GRは、物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、負の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。
[Fifth Example]
FIG. 9 is a diagram showing the configuration of the variable magnification optical system ZL5 according to the fifth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL5 is composed of a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a rear group GR having a positive refractive power in order from the object side. Further, the rear group GR includes a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, and a fourth lens group G4 having a negative refractive power in order from the object side. It is composed of a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
この変倍光学系ZL5において、第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に、物体側のレンズ面及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL11、像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL12、両凹負レンズL13、及び両凸正レンズL14で構成されている。また、第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL21、及び物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22と両凸正レンズL23とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL31と両凸正レンズL32とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に、両凹負レンズL41と両凸正レンズL42とを接合した接合レンズ、及び物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL43で構成されている。また、第5レンズ群G5は、物体側から順に、両凸正レンズL51と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL52とを接合した接合レンズ、及び物体側に平面を向けた平凹負レンズL53と両凸正レンズL54と像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面正レンズL55とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。なお、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間には、フィルターFLが配置されている。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL5, the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the object side and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape in order from the object side, and the convex surface is directed toward the object side. Aspherical negative lens L11, an aspherical negative lens L12 having a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the image side is formed in an aspherical shape and a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave negative lens L13, and a biconvex positive lens L14. It is composed of. Further, the second lens group G2 is a junction lens in which a positive meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L22 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconvex positive lens L23 are joined in order from the object side. It is composed of. Further, the third lens group G3 is composed of a junction lens in which a negative meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L32 are joined in order from the object side. Further, the fourth lens group G4 is composed of a junction lens in which a biconcave negative lens L41 and a biconvex positive lens L42 are joined in order from the object side, and a positive meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. Further, the fifth lens group G5 includes a junction lens in which a biconvex positive lens L51 and a negative meniscus lens L52 having a concave surface facing the object side are joined in order from the object side, and a plano-concave negative lens having a flat surface facing the object side. It is composed of a bonded lens in which the L53, the biconvex positive lens L54, and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape, and the aspherical positive lens L55 in the shape of a positive meniscus lens with the concave surface facing the object side is joined. A filter FL is arranged between the fifth lens group G5 and the image plane I.
また、変倍光学系ZL5は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔が変化し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔が増大し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔が減少し、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間隔(バックフォーカス)が増大するように、第1レンズ群G1が像側に移動し、第2レンズ群G2、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4及び第5レンズ群G5が物体側に移動する。なお、開口絞りSは第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間に配置されており、変倍に際し第3レンズ群G3とともに移動する。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL5, when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 is reduced, and the second lens group G2 and the third lens group are reduced. The distance from G3 changes, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 increases, the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 decreases, and the distance from the fifth lens group G5 The first lens group G1 moves to the image side so that the distance (back focus) from the image plane I increases, and the second lens group G2, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group G5 moves to the object side. The aperture diaphragm S is arranged between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, and moves together with the third lens group G3 at the time of scaling.
また、変倍光学系ZL5は、第2レンズ群G2を像側に移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うように構成されている。 Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL5 is configured to focus from an infinity object to a short-distance object by moving the second lens group G2 to the image side.
以下の表17に、変倍光学系ZL5の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 17 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system ZL5.
なお、表17において、第18面は開口絞りSを示し、第9面、第24面及び第32面は仮想面を示している。また、第24面には副絞りを配置することができる。 In Table 17, the 18th surface shows the aperture stop S, and the 9th, 24th, and 32nd surfaces show virtual surfaces. Further, a secondary diaphragm can be arranged on the 24th surface.
また、この変倍光学系ZL5の物体側にフィルターを配置するときは、第1面から物体側に6.10mm離れた位置に配置される。 When the filter is arranged on the object side of the variable magnification optical system ZL5, it is arranged at a position 6.10 mm away from the first surface on the object side.
(表17)第5実施例
[全体諸元]
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f = 14.398 〜 17.997 〜 19.996 〜 23.295
FNO = 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91
2ω(°) = 114.745 〜 100.443 〜 93.827 〜 84.532
Ymax = 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600
TL(空気換算長)= 160.086 〜 155.358 〜 154.117 〜 153.530
Bf(空気換算長)= 38.011 〜 43.671 〜 47.032 〜 52.761
[レンズデータ]
m r d nd νd
物面 ∞
1* 142.8958 3.1000 1.622910 58.30
2* 17.5350 13.2834
3 132.6436 2.0000 1.882023 37.22
4* 33.1818 10.8088
5 -41.0334 1.7000 1.433848 95.23
6 46.0617 0.7860
7 44.4748 5.7377 1.902650 35.72
8 -235.5192 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 42.7013 2.6873 1.805180 25.45
11 522.0903 0.2000
12 83.2170 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
13 19.3467 5.0000 1.647690 33.72
14 -399.2039 d14
15 102.8869 1.1000 1.903660 31.27
16 40.4334 5.0000 1.516800 64.13
17 -34.8882 1.5000
18 0.0000 d18 開口絞りS
19 -34.1551 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
20 27.1687 3.7000 1.808090 22.74
21 -8566.3566 0.2000
22 56.2695 2.3000 1.963000 24.11
23 605.9610 1.5000
24 0.0000 d24
25 27.0443 8.6000 1.497820 82.57
26 -21.2587 1.2000 1.834810 42.73
27 -29.8675 0.2000
28 0.0000 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
29 21.0339 6.7000 1.497820 82.57
30 -117.6080 1.8000 1.860999 37.10
31* -78.0322 d31
32 0.0000 35.2000
33 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
34 0.0000 0.9924
像面 ∞
[レンズ群焦点距離]
レンズ群 始面 焦点距離
第1レンズ群 1 -21.334
第2レンズ群 10 68.859
第3レンズ群 15 71.237
第4レンズ群 19 -61.116
第5レンズ群 25 46.502
(Table 17) Fifth Example [Overall Specifications]
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f = 14.398 ~ 17.997 ~ 19.996 ~ 23.295
FNO = 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91
2ω (°) = 114.745 ~ 100.443 ~ 93.827 ~ 84.532
Ymax = 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600
TL (air conversion length) = 160.086 ~ 155.358 ~ 154.117 ~ 153.530
Bf (air equivalent length) = 38.011 ~ 43.671 ~ 47.032 ~ 52.761
[Lens data]
m r d nd ν d
Physical surface ∞
1 * 142.8958 3.1000 1.622910 58.30
2 * 17.5350 13.2834
3 132.6436 2.0000 1.882023 37.22
4 * 33.1818 10.8088
5 -41.0334 1.7000 1.433848 95.23
6 46.0617 0.7860
7 44.4748 5.7377 1.902650 35.72
8 -235.5192 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 42.7013 2.6873 1.805180 25.45
11 522.0903 0.2000
12 83.2170 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
13 19.3467 5.0000 1.647690 33.72
14 -399.2039 d14
15 102.8869 1.1000 1.903660 31.27
16 40.4334 5.0000 1.516800 64.13
17 -34.8882 1.5000
18 0.0000 d18 Aperture aperture S
19 -34.1551 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
20 27.1687 3.7000 1.808090 22.74
21 -8566.3566 0.2000
22 56.2695 2.3000 1.963000 24.11
23 605.9610 1.5000
24 0.0000 d24
25 27.0443 8.6000 1.497820 82.57
26 -21.2587 1.2000 1.834810 42.73
27 -29.8675 0.2000
28 0.0000 1.2000 1.834000 37.18
29 21.0339 6.7000 1.497820 82.57
30 -117.6080 1.8000 1.860999 37.10
31 * -78.0322 d31
32 0.0000 35.2000
33 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
34 0.0000 0.9924
Image plane ∞
[Lens group focal length]
Lens group Start surface Focal length 1st lens group 1 -21.334
4th lens group 19 -61.116
5th lens group 25 46.502
この変倍光学系ZL5において、第1面、第2面、第4面及び第31面の各レンズ面は非球面形状に形成されている。次の表18に、面番号m及び非球面のデータ、すなわち円錐定数K及び各非球面定数A4〜A12の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL5, each lens surface of the first surface, the second surface, the fourth surface, and the 31st surface is formed in an aspherical shape. Table 18 below shows the data of the surface number m and the aspherical surface, that is, the values of the conical constant K and the aspherical constants A4 to A12.
(表18)
[非球面データ]
第 1面 K=1.0000
A4 = 1.15893E-05 A6 =-1.92423E-08 A8 = 2.17289E-11
A10=-1.31603E-14 A12= 3.82590E-18 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 2面 K=0.0000
A4 = 8.59688E-06 A6 = 1.24322E-08 A8 =-2.07525E-11
A10=-2.35847E-13 A12= 3.68790E-16 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 4面 K=2.0000
A4 = 1.30779E-05 A6 =-3.01480E-10 A8 = 4.09540E-11
A10= 4.27730E-13 A12=-7.83650E-16 A14= 0.00000E+00
第31面 K=1.0000
A4 = 1.23681E-05 A6 = 1.27283E-08 A8 = 1.60295E-10
A10=-6.40573E-13 A12= 2.30490E-15 A14= 0.00000E+00
(Table 18)
[Aspherical data]
First side K = 1.000
A4 = 1.15893E-05 A6 = -1.94243E-08 A8 = 2.17289E-11
A10 = -1.31603E-14 A12 = 3.82590E-18 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Second side K = 0.0000
A4 = 8.59688E-06 A6 = 1.24322E-08 A8 = -2.07525E-11
A10 = -2.35847E-13 A12 = 3.68790E-16 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 4 K = 2.000
A4 = 1.30779E-05 A6 = -3.01480E-10 A8 = 4.09540E-11
A10 = 4.27730E-13 A12 = -7.83650E-16 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 31 K = 1.000
A4 = 1.23681E-05 A6 = 1.27283E-08 A8 = 1.60295E-10
A10 = -6.40573E-13 A12 = 2.30490E-15 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
この変倍光学系ZL5において、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との軸上空気間隔d8及びd9、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との軸上空気間隔d14、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との軸上空気間隔d18、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との軸上空気間隔d24、並びに、第5レンズ群G5とフィルターFLとの軸上空気間隔d31は、変倍及び合焦に際して変化する。次の表19に、無限遠物体合焦時、近距離物体合焦時及び最至近物体合焦時のそれぞれにおける広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、及び望遠端状態の各焦点距離おける可変間隔の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL5, the axial air spacing d8 and d9 between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, and the axial air spacing d14 and third between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3. The on-axis air gap d18 between the lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, the on-axis air distance d24 between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5, and the on-axis of the fifth lens group G5 and the filter FL. The air spacing d31 changes upon scaling and focusing. Table 19 below shows the variable intervals at the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state at the time of focusing on an infinity object, focusing on a short-range object, and focusing on the closest object, respectively. Indicates a value.
(表19)
[可変間隔データ]
−無限遠物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f 14.398 17.997 19.996 23.295
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 23.4594 12.0282 7.3795 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d14 5.9621 10.0114 10.4817 10.0986
d18 3.2198 4.9501 5.7201 6.6670
d24 6.9306 2.1947 1.0000 0.0000
d31 0.5000 6.1010 9.5647 15.3030
−近距離物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 543.8708 688.9750 769.4422 902.0778
d8 23.4594 12.0282 7.3795 1.5000
d9 0.7957 0.6366 0.5823 0.5176
d14 5.1665 9.3748 9.8994 9.5810
d18 3.2198 4.9501 5.7201 6.6670
d24 6.9306 2.1947 1.0000 0.0000
d31 0.5000 6.1010 9.5647 15.3030
−最至近物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.104 -0.126 -0.140 -0.163
d0 113.1249 117.8508 119.0910 119.6750
d8 23.4594 12.0282 7.3795 1.5000
d9 3.1636 3.0691 3.0949 3.1924
d14 2.7985 6.9423 7.3868 6.9061
d18 3.2198 4.9501 5.7201 6.6670
d24 6.9306 2.1947 1.0000 0.0000
d31 0.5000 6.1010 9.5647 15.3030
(Table 19)
[Variable interval data]
-When focusing on an infinite object-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f 14.398 17.997 19.996 23.295
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 23.4594 12.0282 7.3795 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d14 5.9621 10.0114 10.4817 10.0986
d18 3.2198 4.9501 5.7201 6.6670
d24 6.9306 2.1947 1.0000 0.0000
d31 0.5000 6.1010 9.5647 15.3030
-When focusing on short-range objects-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 543.8708 688.9750 769.4422 902.0778
d8 23.4594 12.0282 7.3795 1.5000
d9 0.7957 0.6366 0.5823 0.5176
d14 5.1665 9.3748 9.8994 9.5810
d18 3.2198 4.9501 5.7201 6.6670
d24 6.9306 2.1947 1.0000 0.0000
d31 0.5000 6.1010 9.5647 15.3030
-When the closest object is in focus-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.104 -0.126 -0.140 -0.163
d0 113.1249 117.8508 119.0910 119.6750
d8 23.4594 12.0282 7.3795 1.5000
d9 3.1636 3.0691 3.0949 3.1924
d14 2.7985 6.9423 7.3868 6.9061
d18 3.2198 4.9501 5.7201 6.6670
d24 6.9306 2.1947 1.0000 0.0000
d31 0.5000 6.1010 9.5647 15.3030
次の表20に、変倍光学系ZL5における各条件式対応値を示す。なお、この変倍光学系ZL5において、特定負レンズは、両凹負レンズL13であり、特定レンズは、両凸正レンズL51及び両凸正レンズL54である。 Table 20 below shows the values corresponding to each conditional expression in the variable magnification optical system ZL5. In the variable magnification optical system ZL5, the specific negative lens is the biconcave negative lens L13, and the specific lenses are the biconvex positive lens L51 and the biconvex positive lens L54.
(表20)
Σν1n=190.75
Σ(ν1n×f1n)=-8509.219
STLw=83.425
fL1=-32.395
fL2=-50.648
[条件式対応値]
(1)ν1n=95.23
(2)nL2/nL1=1.160
(3)N1n=3
(4)2ωw=114.745°
(5)nL1=1.623
(6)fw×(−f1)/Fnow=105.570mm2
(7)(L1r2+L1r1)/(L1r2−L1r1)=-1.280
(8)(Σν1n)/N1n=63.583
(9)(Σ(ν1n×f1n))/(N1n×f1)=132.952
(10)Bfw/fw=2.640
(11)STLw/TLw=0.521
(12)(−f1)/fw=1.482
(13)(−f1)/ft=0.916
(14)fL1/f1=1.518
(15)fL2/f1=2.374
(16)TLw/Bfw=4.212
(17)(L2r2+L2r1)/(L2r2−L2r1)=-1.667
(18)(L3r2+L3r1)/(L3r2−L3r1)= 0.058
(19)νr=82.57
(20)Fnow=2.91
(21)Fnot=2.91
(Table 20)
Σν1n = 190.75
Σ (ν1n × f1n) = -8509.219
STLw = 83.425
fL1 = -32.395
fL2 = -50.648
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
(1) ν1n = 95.23
(2) nL2 / nL1 = 1.160
(3) N1n = 3
(4) 2ωw = 114.745 °
(5) nL1 = 1.623
(6) fw × (−f1) / Fnow = 105.570mm 2
(7) (L1r2 + L1r1) / (L1r2-L1r1) =-1.280
(8) (Σν1n) /N1n=63.583
(9) (Σ (ν1n × f1n)) / (N1n × f1) = 132.952
(10) Bfw / fw = 2.640
(11) STLw / TLw = 0.521
(12) (-f1) / fw = 1.482
(13) (-f1) /ft=0.916
(14) fL1 / f1 = 1.518
(15) fL2 / f1 = 2.374
(16) TLw / Bfw = 4.212
(17) (L2r2 + L2r1) / (L2r2-L2r1) =-1.667
(18) (L3r2 + L3r1) / (L3r2-L3r1) = 0.058
(19) νr = 82.57
(20) Fnow = 2.91
(21) Fnot = 2.91
このように、変倍光学系ZL5は、上記条件式(1)〜(21)を全て満足している。 As described above, the variable magnification optical system ZL5 satisfies all of the above conditional expressions (1) to (21).
この変倍光学系ZL5の無限遠物体合焦時の広角端状態及び望遠端状態における諸収差図を図10に示す。これらの諸収差図より、この変倍光学系ZL5は、広角端状態から望遠端状態にわたって諸収差を良好に補正し優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 FIG. 10 shows various aberration diagrams in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state when the variable magnification optical system ZL5 is in focus at an infinity object. From these various aberration diagrams, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system ZL5 satisfactorily corrects various aberrations from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state and has excellent imaging performance.
[第6実施例]
図11は、第6実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL6の構成を示す図である。この変倍光学系ZL6は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する後群GRとから構成されている。また、後群GRは、物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、負の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。
[Sixth Example]
FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a configuration of the variable magnification optical system ZL6 according to the sixth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL6 is composed of a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a rear group GR having a positive refractive power in order from the object side. Further, the rear group GR includes a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, and a fourth lens group G4 having a negative refractive power in order from the object side. It is composed of a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
この変倍光学系ZL6において、第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に、物体側のレンズ面及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL11、像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL12、両凹負レンズL13、及び物体側に凸面を向けた平凸正レンズL14で構成されている。また、第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と両凸正レンズL22とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL31と両凸正レンズL32とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL41、及び両凹負レンズL42と両凸正レンズL43とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第5レンズ群G5は、物体側から順に、両凸正レンズL51と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL52とを接合した接合レンズ、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL53と両凸正レンズL54とを接合した接合レンズ、及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL55で構成されている。なお、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間には、フィルターFLが配置されている。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL6, the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the object side and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape in order from the object side, and the convex surface is directed toward the object side. Aspherical negative lens L11, the lens surface on the image side is formed in an aspherical shape, and the negative meniscus lens-shaped aspherical negative lens L12 with the convex surface facing the object side, the biconcave negative lens L13, and the convex surface on the object side. It is composed of a facing plano-convex regular lens L14. Further, the second lens group G2 is composed of a junction lens in which a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L22 are joined in order from the object side. Further, the third lens group G3 is composed of a junction lens in which a negative meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L32 are joined in order from the object side. Further, the fourth lens group G4 is composed of a negative meniscus lens L41 having a concave surface facing the object side in order from the object side, and a junction lens in which a biconcave negative lens L42 and a biconvex positive lens L43 are joined. Further, the fifth lens group G5 includes a junction lens in which a biconvex positive lens L51 and a negative meniscus lens L52 having a concave surface facing the object side are joined in order from the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L53 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a bonded lens in which the biconvex positive lens L54 is joined, and an aspherical negative lens L55 having a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the image side is formed in an aspherical shape and the concave surface is directed toward the object side. A filter FL is arranged between the fifth lens group G5 and the image plane I.
また、変倍光学系ZL6は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔が変化し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔が増大し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔が減少し、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間隔(バックフォーカス)が増大するように、第1レンズ群G1が像側に移動し、第2レンズ群G2、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4及び第5レンズ群G5が物体側に移動する。なお、開口絞りSは第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間に配置されており、変倍に際し第4レンズ群G4とともに移動する。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL6, when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 is reduced, and the second lens group G2 and the third lens group are reduced. The distance from G3 changes, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 increases, the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 decreases, and the distance from the fifth lens group G5 The first lens group G1 moves to the image side so that the distance (back focus) from the image plane I increases, and the second lens group G2, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group G5 moves to the object side. The aperture diaphragm S is arranged between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, and moves together with the fourth lens group G4 at the time of scaling.
また、変倍光学系ZL6は、第2レンズ群G2を像側に移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うように構成されている。 Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL6 is configured to focus from an infinity object to a short-distance object by moving the second lens group G2 to the image side.
以下の表21に、変倍光学系ZL6の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 21 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system ZL6.
なお、表21において、第16面は開口絞りSを示し、第9面、第22面及び第31面は仮想面を示している。また、第22面には副絞りを配置することができる。 In Table 21, the 16th surface shows the aperture stop S, and the 9th, 22nd, and 31st surfaces show virtual surfaces. Further, a secondary diaphragm can be arranged on the 22nd surface.
また、この変倍光学系ZL6の物体側にフィルターを配置するときは、第1面から物体側に6.10mm離れた位置に配置される。 When the filter is arranged on the object side of the variable magnification optical system ZL6, it is arranged at a position 6.10 mm away from the first surface on the object side.
(表21)第6実施例
[全体諸元]
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f = 14.400 〜 18.000 〜 20.000 〜 23.300
FNO = 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91
2ω(°) = 114.742 〜 100.593 〜 93.838 〜 84.517
Ymax = 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600
TL(空気換算長)= 155.513 〜 152.665 〜 152.329 〜 152.315
Bf(空気換算長)= 38.123 〜 43.258 〜 46.065 〜 51.259
[レンズデータ]
m r d nd νd
物面 ∞
1* 201.4901 3.1000 1.516800 64.13
2* 15.2473 15.4015
3 603.8279 2.0000 1.795256 45.25
4* 42.2007 8.2350
5 -63.7303 1.7000 1.497820 82.57
6 37.4616 0.2008
7 34.7568 5.6708 1.883000 40.66
8 0.0000 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 44.7965 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
11 20.5527 4.6000 1.698950 30.13
12 -190.9319 d12
13 49.0558 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
14 29.9609 5.8000 1.516800 64.13
15 -38.9734 d15
16 0.0000 2.7000 開口絞りS
17 -51.6576 1.1000 1.883000 40.66
18 -116.3501 1.3131
19 -38.6822 1.1000 1.883000 40.66
20 25.7541 3.9000 1.963000 24.11
21 -180.3900 1.2000
22 0.0000 d22
23 31.7152 8.6000 1.497820 82.57
24 -21.9588 1.2000 1.834810 42.73
25 -35.9397 0.2000
26 64.5388 1.2000 1.902650 35.72
27 23.4943 10.0000 1.497820 82.57
28 -24.5354 0.2000
29 -29.0690 1.2000 1.860999 37.10
30* -47.9865 d30
31 0.0000 35.2000
32 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
33 0.0000 1.0502
像面 ∞
[レンズ群焦点距離]
レンズ群 始面 焦点距離
第1レンズ群 1 -21.025
第2レンズ群 10 81.077
第3レンズ群 13 56.282
第4レンズ群 17 -42.270
第5レンズ群 23 37.527
(Table 21) 6th Example [Overall specifications]
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f = 14.400 ~ 18.000 ~ 20.000 ~ 23.300
FNO = 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91
2ω (°) = 114.742 ~ 100.593 ~ 93.838 ~ 84.517
Ymax = 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600
TL (air equivalent length) = 155.513 ~ 152.665 ~ 152.329 ~ 152.315
Bf (air equivalent length) = 38.123 ~ 43.258 ~ 46.065 ~ 51.259
[Lens data]
m r d nd ν d
Physical surface ∞
1 * 201.4901 3.1000 1.516800 64.13
2 * 15.2473 15.4015
3 603.8279 2.0000 1.795256 45.25
4 * 42.2007 8.2350
5 -63.7303 1.7000 1.497820 82.57
6 37.4616 0.2008
7 34.7568 5.6708 1.883000 40.66
8 0.0000 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 44.7965 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
11 20.5527 4.6000 1.698950 30.13
12 -190.9319 d12
13 49.0558 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
14 29.9609 5.8000 1.516800 64.13
15 -38.9734 d15
16 0.0000 2.7000 Aperture aperture S
17 -51.6576 1.1000 1.883000 40.66
18 -116.3501 1.3131
19 -38.6822 1.1000 1.883000 40.66
20 25.7541 3.9000 1.963000 24.11
21 -180.3900 1.2000
22 0.0000 d22
23 31.7152 8.6000 1.497820 82.57
24-21.9588 1.2000 1.834810 42.73
25 -35.9397 0.2000
26 64.5388 1.2000 1.902650 35.72
27 23.4943 10.0000 1.497820 82.57
28 -24.5354 0.2000
29 -29.0690 1.2000 1.860999 37.10
30 * -47.9865 d30
31 0.0000 35.2000
32 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
33 0.0000 1.0502
Image plane ∞
[Lens group focal length]
Lens group Start surface Focal length 1st lens group 1-21.025
Third lens group 13 56.282
4th lens group 17 -42.270
5th lens group 23 37.527
この変倍光学系ZL6において、第1面、第2面、第4面及び第30面の各レンズ面は非球面形状に形成されている。次の表22に、面番号m及び非球面のデータ、すなわち円錐定数K及び各非球面定数A4〜A12の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL6, each lens surface of the first surface, the second surface, the fourth surface, and the thirty surface is formed in an aspherical shape. Table 22 below shows the data of the surface number m and the aspherical surface, that is, the values of the conical constant K and the aspherical constants A4 to A12.
(表22)
[非球面データ]
第 1面 K=1.0000
A4 = 5.05392E-06 A6 =-4.62096E-09 A8 = 4.79306E-12
A10=-2.73669E-15 A12= 8.66720E-19 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 2面 K=0.0000
A4 = 3.76598E-06 A6 = 8.88285E-09 A8 =-7.50984E-12
A10=-1.78288E-14 A12=-8.37710E-17 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 4面 K=2.0000
A4 = 1.41674E-05 A6 = 2.34561E-09 A8 = 1.37528E-10
A10=-4.20057E-13 A12= 1.08030E-15 A14= 0.00000E+00
第30面 K=1.0000
A4 = 9.98516E-06 A6 = 4.68513E-09 A8 = 1.00957E-10
A10=-3.98485E-13 A12= 9.87550E-16 A14= 0.00000E+00
(Table 22)
[Aspherical data]
First side K = 1.000
A4 = 5.05392E-06 A6 = -4.62096E-09 A8 = 4.79306E-12
A10 = -2.76369E-15 A12 = 8.66720E-19 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Second side K = 0.0000
A4 = 3.76598E-06 A6 = 8.88285E-09 A8 = -7.50984E-12
A10 = -1.78288E-14 A12 = -8.37710E-17 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 4 K = 2.000
A4 = 1.41674E-05 A6 = 2.34561E-09 A8 = 1.37528E-10
A10 = -4.20057E-13 A12 = 1.08030E-15 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 30 K = 1.000
A4 = 9.98516E-06 A6 = 4.68513E-09 A8 = 1.00957E-10
A10 = -3.98485E-13 A12 = 9.87550E-16 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
この変倍光学系ZL6において、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との軸上空気間隔d8及びd9、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との軸上空気間隔d12、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との軸上空気間隔d15、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との軸上空気間隔d22、並びに、第5レンズ群G5とフィルターFLとの軸上空気間隔d30は、変倍及び合焦に際して変化する。次の表23に、無限遠物体合焦時、近距離物体合焦時及び最至近物体合焦時のそれぞれにおける広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、及び望遠端状態の各焦点距離おける可変間隔の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL6, the axial air spacing d8 and d9 between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, and the axial air spacing d12 and third between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3. The on-axis air spacing d15 between the lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, the on-axis air spacing d22 between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5, and the on-axis of the fifth lens group G5 and the filter FL. The air spacing d30 changes upon scaling and focusing. Table 23 below shows the variable intervals at each focal length in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state at the time of focusing on an infinity object, focusing on a short-range object, and focusing on the nearest object, respectively. Indicates a value.
(表23)
[可変間隔データ]
−無限遠物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 20.6874 10.5726 6.5831 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d12 6.6363 9.9733 10.6667 10.4559
d15 1.5000 3.6282 4.9450 6.2785
d22 5.7449 2.4116 1.2488 0.0000
d30 0.5000 5.5629 8.4375 13.6950
−近距離物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 544.5834 689.3773 769.7371 902.2544
d8 20.6874 10.5726 6.5831 1.5000
d9 0.7871 0.6675 0.6213 0.5623
d12 5.8493 9.3059 10.0454 9.8936
d15 1.5000 3.6282 4.9450 6.2785
d22 5.7449 2.4116 1.2488 0.0000
d30 0.5000 5.5629 8.4375 13.6950
−最至近物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.101 -0.124 -0.138 -0.162
d0 117.7057 120.5537 120.8893 120.9039
d8 20.6874 10.5726 6.5831 1.5000
d9 3.0261 3.1485 3.2479 3.4206
d12 3.6103 6.8249 7.4188 7.0353
d15 1.5000 3.6282 4.9450 6.2785
d22 5.7449 2.4116 1.2488 0.0000
d30 0.5000 5.5629 8.4375 13.6950
(Table 23)
[Variable interval data]
-When focusing on an infinite object-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 20.6874 10.5726 6.5831 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d12 6.6363 9.9733 10.6667 10.4559
d15 1.5000 3.6282 4.9450 6.2785
d22 5.7449 2.4116 1.2488 0.0000
d30 0.5000 5.5629 8.4375 13.6950
-When focusing on short-range objects-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 544.5834 689.3773 769.7371 902.2544
d8 20.6874 10.5726 6.5831 1.5000
d9 0.7871 0.6675 0.6213 0.5623
d12 5.8493 9.3059 10.0454 9.8936
d15 1.5000 3.6282 4.9450 6.2785
d22 5.7449 2.4116 1.2488 0.0000
d30 0.5000 5.5629 8.4375 13.6950
-When the closest object is in focus-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.101 -0.124 -0.138 -0.162
d0 117.7057 120.5537 120.8893 120.9039
d8 20.6874 10.5726 6.5831 1.5000
d9 3.0261 3.1485 3.2479 3.4206
d12 3.6103 6.8249 7.4188 7.0353
d15 1.5000 3.6282 4.9450 6.2785
d22 5.7449 2.4116 1.2488 0.0000
d30 0.5000 5.5629 8.4375 13.6950
次の表24に、変倍光学系ZL6における各条件式対応値を示す。なお、この変倍光学系ZL6において、特定負レンズは、両凹負レンズL13であり、特定レンズは、両凸正レンズL51及び両凸正レンズL54である。 Table 24 below shows the values corresponding to each conditional expression in the variable magnification optical system ZL6. In the variable magnification optical system ZL6, the specific negative lens is the biconcave negative lens L13, and the specific lenses are the biconvex positive lens L51 and the biconvex positive lens L54.
(表24)
Σν1n=191.95
Σ(ν1n×f1n)=-8535.853
STLw=77.732
fL1=-32.101
fL2=-57.143
[条件式対応値]
(1)ν1n=82.57
(2)nL2/nL1=1.184
(3)N1n=3
(4)2ωw=114.742°
(5)nL1=1.517
(6)fw×(−f1)/Fnow=104.042mm2
(7)(L1r2+L1r1)/(L1r2−L1r1)=-1.164
(8)(Σν1n)/N1n=63.983
(9)(Σ(ν1n×f1n))/(N1n×f1)=135.328
(10)Bfw/fw=2.647
(11)STLw/TLw=0.500
(12)(−f1)/fw=1.460
(13)(−f1)/ft=0.902
(14)fL1/f1=1.527
(15)fL2/f1=2.718
(16)TLw/Bfw=4.079
(17)(L2r2+L2r1)/(L2r2−L2r1)=-1.150
(18)(L3r2+L3r1)/(L3r2−L3r1)=-0.260
(19)νr=82.57
(20)Fnow=2.91
(21)Fnot=2.91
(Table 24)
Σν1n = 191.95
Σ (ν1n × f1n) =-8535.853
STLw = 77.732
fL1 = -32.101
fL2 = -57.143
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
(1) ν1n = 82.57
(2) nL2 / nL1 = 1.184
(3) N1n = 3
(4) 2ωw = 114.742 °
(5) nL1 = 1.517
(6) fw × (−f1) / Fnow = 104.042mm 2
(7) (L1r2 + L1r1) / (L1r2-L1r1) =-1.164
(8) (Σν1n) / N1n = 63.983
(9) (Σ (ν1n × f1n)) / (N1n × f1) = 135.328
(10) Bfw / fw = 2.647
(11) STLw / TLw = 0.500
(12) (-f1) / fw = 1.460
(13) (-f1) /ft=0.902
(14) fL1 / f1 = 1.527
(15) fL2 / f1 = 2.718
(16) TLw / Bfw = 4.079
(17) (L2r2 + L2r1) / (L2r2-L2r1) =-1.150
(18) (L3r2 + L3r1) / (L3r2-L3r1) = -0.260
(19) νr = 82.57
(20) Fnow = 2.91
(21) Fnot = 2.91
このように、変倍光学系ZL6は、上記条件式(1)〜(21)を全て満足している。 As described above, the variable magnification optical system ZL6 satisfies all of the above conditional expressions (1) to (21).
この変倍光学系ZL6の無限遠物体合焦時の広角端状態及び望遠端状態における諸収差図を図12に示す。これらの諸収差図より、この変倍光学系ZL6は、広角端状態から望遠端状態にわたって諸収差を良好に補正し優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 FIG. 12 shows various aberration diagrams in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state when the variable magnification optical system ZL6 is in focus at an infinity object. From these various aberration diagrams, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system ZL6 satisfactorily corrects various aberrations from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state and has excellent imaging performance.
[第7実施例]
図13は、第7実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL7の構成を示す図である。この変倍光学系ZL7は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する後群GRとから構成されている。また、後群GRは、物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、負の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。
[7th Example]
FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a configuration of the variable magnification optical system ZL7 according to the seventh embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL7 is composed of a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a rear group GR having a positive refractive power in order from the object side. Further, the rear group GR includes a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, and a fourth lens group G4 having a negative refractive power in order from the object side. It is composed of a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
この変倍光学系ZL7において、第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に、物体側のレンズ面及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL11、像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL12、両凹負レンズL13、及び両凸正レンズL14で構成されている。また、第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と両凸正レンズL22とを接合した接合レンズ、及び物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL23で構成されている。また、第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL31と両凸正レンズL32とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に、両凹負レンズL41と両凸正レンズL42とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第5レンズ群G5は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL51と両凸正レンズL52とを接合した接合レンズ、及び物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL53と両凸正レンズL54と像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL55とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。なお、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間には、フィルターFLが配置されている。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL7, the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the object side and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape in order from the object side, and the convex surface is directed toward the object side. Aspherical negative lens L11, an aspherical negative lens L12 having a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the image side is formed in an aspherical shape and a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave negative lens L13, and a biconvex positive lens L14. It is composed of. Further, the second lens group G2 includes a junction lens in which a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L22 are joined in order from the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L23 having a concave surface facing the object side. It is composed of. Further, the third lens group G3 is composed of a junction lens in which a negative meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L32 are joined in order from the object side. Further, the fourth lens group G4 is composed of a bonded lens in which a biconcave negative lens L41 and a biconvex positive lens L42 are joined in order from the object side. Further, the fifth lens group G5 includes a junction lens in which a negative meniscus lens L51 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L52 are joined in order from the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L53 having a convex surface facing the object side. The biconvex positive lens L54 and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape, and the lens surface is formed by joining the negative meniscus lens-shaped aspherical negative lens L55 with the concave surface facing the object side. A filter FL is arranged between the fifth lens group G5 and the image plane I.
また、変倍光学系ZL7は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔が増大し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔が減少し、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間隔(バックフォーカス)が増大するように、第1レンズ群G1が像側に移動し、第2レンズ群G2、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4及び第5レンズ群G5が物体側に移動する。なお、変倍に際し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3とは一体に移動する。また、開口絞りSは第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間に配置されており、変倍に際し第4レンズ群G4とともに移動する。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL7, when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 is reduced, and the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group are reduced. The first is such that the distance from the G4 is increased, the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 is reduced, and the distance (back focus) between the fifth lens group G5 and the image plane I is increased. The lens group G1 moves to the image side, and the second lens group G2, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group G5 move to the object side. At the time of scaling, the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 move integrally. Further, the aperture diaphragm S is arranged between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, and moves together with the fourth lens group G4 at the time of scaling.
また、変倍光学系ZL7は、第2レンズ群G2を像側に移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うように構成されている。 Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL7 is configured to focus from an infinity object to a short-distance object by moving the second lens group G2 to the image side.
以下の表25に、変倍光学系ZL7の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 25 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system ZL7.
なお、表25において、第18面は開口絞りSを示し、第9面、第22面及び第30面は仮想面を示している。また、第22面には副絞りを配置することができる。 In Table 25, the 18th plane shows the aperture stop S, and the 9th, 22nd, and 30th planes show virtual planes. Further, a secondary diaphragm can be arranged on the 22nd surface.
また、この変倍光学系ZL7の物体側にフィルターを配置するときは、第1面から物体側に6.10mm離れた位置に配置される。 When the filter is arranged on the object side of the variable magnification optical system ZL7, it is arranged at a position 6.10 mm away from the first surface on the object side.
(表25)第7実施例
[全体諸元]
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f = 14.400 〜 18.000 〜 20.000 〜 23.300
FNO = 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91
2ω(°) = 114.733 〜 100.450 〜 93.835 〜 84.548
Ymax = 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600
TL(空気換算長)= 162.664 〜 155.206 〜 153.078 〜 151.580
Bf(空気換算長)= 38.030 〜 42.928 〜 45.480 〜 49.783
[レンズデータ]
m r d nd νd
物面 ∞
1* 115.7220 3.1000 1.622910 58.30
2* 16.6323 14.8987
3 370.8034 2.0000 1.882023 37.22
4* 41.1683 9.2575
5 -46.1330 1.6000 1.497820 82.57
6 80.3534 3.1175
7 55.6397 6.7000 1.637964 38.48
8 -73.0750 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 40.8572 1.1000 1.953721 32.33
11 23.4797 6.2000 1.662956 32.26
12 -46.4852 1.4528
13 -42.2265 1.1000 1.953745 32.33
14 -128.2484 d14
15 38.1116 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
16 23.4511 6.5000 1.520273 68.04
17 -55.7009 d17
18 0.0000 3.8271 開口絞りS
19 -56.4383 1.1000 1.919778 33.15
20 23.9956 4.2000 1.808090 22.74
21 -281.4369 1.2000
22 0.0000 d22
23 26.3769 1.2000 1.615813 50.88
24 19.6278 7.5000 1.497820 82.57
25 -40.0111 0.2000
26 439.2276 1.2000 1.756739 39.10
27 20.1301 7.8000 1.497820 82.57
28 -66.7106 1.2000 1.882023 37.22
29* -87.9719 d29
30 0.0000 35.2000
31 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
32 0.0000 1.2022
像面 ∞
[レンズ群焦点距離]
レンズ群 始面 焦点距離
第1レンズ群 1 -22.762
第2レンズ群 10 92.534
第3レンズ群 15 64.107
第4レンズ群 19 -55.689
第5レンズ群 23 45.190
(Table 25) Example 7 [Overall specifications]
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f = 14.400 ~ 18.000 ~ 20.000 ~ 23.300
FNO = 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91
2ω (°) = 114.733 ~ 100.450 ~ 93.835 ~ 84.548
Ymax = 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600
TL (air equivalent length) = 162.664 ~ 155.206 ~ 153.078 ~ 151.580
Bf (air equivalent length) = 38.030 ~ 42.928 ~ 45.480 ~ 49.783
[Lens data]
m r d nd ν d
Physical surface ∞
1 * 115.7220 3.1000 1.622910 58.30
2 * 16.6323 14.8987
3 370.8034 2.0000 1.882023 37.22
4 * 41.1683 9.2575
5 -46.1330 1.6000 1.497820 82.57
6 80.3534 3.1175
7 55.6397 6.7000 1.637964 38.48
8 -73.0750 d8
9 0.0000 d9
10 40.8572 1.1000 1.953721 32.33
11 23.4797 6.2000 1.662956 32.26
12 -46.4852 1.4528
13 -42.2265 1.1000 1.953745 32.33
14 -128.2484 d14
15 38.1116 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
16 23.4511 6.5000 1.520273 68.04
17 -55.7009 d17
18 0.0000 3.8271 Aperture aperture S
19 -56.4383 1.1000 1.919778 33.15
20 23.9956 4.2000 1.808090 22.74
21 -281.4369 1.2000
22 0.0000 d22
23 26.3769 1.2000 1.615813 50.88
24 19.6278 7.5000 1.497820 82.57
25 -40.0111 0.2000
26 439.2276 1.2000 1.756739 39.10
27 20.1301 7.8000 1.497820 82.57
28 -66.7106 1.2000 1.882023 37.22
29 * -87.9719 d29
30 0.0000 35.2000
31 0.0000 2.0000 1.516800 64.13
32 0.0000 1.2022
Image plane ∞
[Lens group focal length]
Lens group Start surface Focal length 1st lens group 1 -22.762
4th lens group 19 -55.689
5th lens group 23 45.190
この変倍光学系ZL7において、第1面、第2面、第4面及び第29面の各レンズ面は非球面形状に形成されている。次の表26に、面番号m及び非球面のデータ、すなわち円錐定数K及び各非球面定数A4〜A12の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL7, each lens surface of the first surface, the second surface, the fourth surface, and the 29th surface is formed in an aspherical shape. Table 26 below shows the data of the surface number m and the aspherical surface, that is, the values of the conical constant K and the aspherical constants A4 to A12.
(表26)
[非球面データ]
第 1面 K=1.0000
A4 = 4.80598E-06 A6 =-2.42564E-09 A8 = 1.78291E-12
A10=-1.05251E-15 A12= 6.26000E-19 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 2面 K=0.0000
A4 = 3.68669E-06 A6 = 1.22584E-08 A8 = 6.05239E-12
A10= 2.50928E-14 A12=-1.70140E-16 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 4面 K=1.0000
A4 = 1.44539E-05 A6 =-5.00574E-10 A8 = 5.52057E-11
A10=-5.98876E-14 A12= 3.04350E-16 A14= 0.00000E+00
第29面 K=1.0000
A4 = 1.07870E-05 A6 = 7.32487E-09 A8 = 1.83159E-10
A10=-9.56431E-13 A12= 3.09390E-15 A14= 0.00000E+00
(Table 26)
[Aspherical data]
First side K = 1.000
A4 = 4.80598E-06 A6 = -2.42564E-09 A8 = 1.78291E-12
A10 = -1.05251E-15 A12 = 6.26000E-19 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Second side K = 0.0000
A4 = 3.68669E-06 A6 = 1.22584E-08 A8 = 6.05239E-12
A10 = 2.50928E-14 A12 = -1.70140E-16 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 4 K = 1.000
A4 = 1.44539E-05 A6 = -5.00574E-10 A8 = 5.52057E-11
A10 = -5.98876E-14 A12 = 3.04350E-16 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 29 K = 1.000
A4 = 1.07870E-05 A6 = 7.32487E-09 A8 = 1.83159E-10
A10 = -9.56431E-13 A12 = 3.09390E-15 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
この変倍光学系ZL7において、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との軸上空気間隔d8及びd9、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との軸上空気間隔d14、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との軸上空気間隔d17、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との軸上空気間隔d22、並びに、第5レンズ群G5とフィルターFLとの軸上空気間隔d29は、変倍及び合焦に際して変化する。次の表27に、無限遠物体合焦時、近距離物体合焦時及び最至近物体合焦時のそれぞれにおける広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、及び望遠端状態の各焦点距離おける可変間隔の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL7, the axial air spacing d8 and d9 between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, and the axial air spacing d14 and the third lens group G2 between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3. The on-axis air gap d17 between the lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, the on-axis air distance d22 between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5, and the on-axis of the fifth lens group G5 and the filter FL. The air spacing d29 changes upon scaling and focusing. Table 27 below shows the variable intervals at each focal length in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state at the time of focusing on an infinity object, focusing on a short-range object, and focusing on the closest object, respectively. Indicates a value.
(表27)
[可変間隔データ]
−無限遠物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 24.3283 11.9508 7.2794 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d14 5.4427 5.4427 5.4427 5.4427
d17 1.5000 3.8035 5.2139 7.3002
d22 5.8094 3.5281 2.1089 0.0000
d29 0.5000 5.2980 7.9112 12.2190
−近距離物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 544.5834 689.3773 770.0044 902.4751
d8 24.3283 11.9508 7.2794 1.5000
d9 0.9072 0.7587 0.7018 0.6289
d14 4.5355 4.6840 4.7409 4.8138
d17 1.5000 3.8035 5.2139 7.3002
d22 5.8094 3.5281 2.1089 0.0000
d29 0.5000 5.2980 7.9112 12.2190
−最至近物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.106 -0.127 -0.139 -0.161
d0 110.5549 118.0123 120.1404 121.6387
d8 24.3283 11.9508 7.2794 1.5000
d9 3.6767 3.6540 3.7024 3.8252
d14 1.7660 1.7887 1.7403 1.6175
d17 1.5000 3.8035 5.2139 7.3002
d22 5.8094 3.5281 2.1089 0.0000
d29 0.5000 5.2980 7.9112 12.2190
(Table 27)
[Variable interval data]
-When focusing on an infinite object-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 24.3283 11.9508 7.2794 1.5000
d9 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d14 5.4427 5.4427 5.4427 5.4427
d17 1.5000 3.8035 5.2139 7.3002
d22 5.8094 3.5281 2.1089 0.0000
d29 0.5000 5.2980 7.9112 12.2190
-When focusing on short-range objects-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 544.5834 689.3773 770.0044 902.4751
d8 24.3283 11.9508 7.2794 1.5000
d9 0.9072 0.7587 0.7018 0.6289
d14 4.5355 4.6840 4.7409 4.8138
d17 1.5000 3.8035 5.2139 7.3002
d22 5.8094 3.5281 2.1089 0.0000
d29 0.5000 5.2980 7.9112 12.2190
-When the closest object is in focus-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.106 -0.127 -0.139 -0.161
d0 110.5549 118.0123 120.1404 121.6387
d8 24.3283 11.9508 7.2794 1.5000
d9 3.6767 3.6540 3.7024 3.8252
d14 1.7660 1.7887 1.7403 1.6175
d17 1.5000 3.8035 5.2139 7.3002
d22 5.8094 3.5281 2.1089 0.0000
d29 0.5000 5.2980 7.9112 12.2190
次の表28に、変倍光学系ZL7における各条件式対応値を示す。なお、この変倍光学系ZL7において、特定負レンズは、両凹負レンズL13であり、特定レンズは、両凸正レンズL51及び両凸正レンズL54である。 Table 28 below shows the values corresponding to each conditional expression in the variable magnification optical system ZL7. In this variable magnification optical system ZL7, the specific negative lens is a biconcave negative lens L13, and the specific lens is a biconvex positive lens L51 and a biconvex positive lens L54.
(表28)
Σν1n=178.09
Σ(ν1n×f1n)=-8640.434
STLw=83.398
fL1=-31.562
fL2=-52.654
[条件式対応値]
(1)ν1n=82.57
(2)nL2/nL1=1.160
(3)N1n=3
(4)2ωw=114.733°
(5)nL1=1.623
(6)fw×(−f1)/Fnow=112.637mm2
(7)(L1r2+L1r1)/(L1r2−L1r1)=-1.336
(8)(Σν1n)/N1n=59.363
(9)(Σ(ν1n×f1n))/(N1n×f1)=126.533
(10)Bfw/fw=2.641
(11)STLw/TLw=0.550
(12)(−f1)/fw=1.581
(13)(−f1)/ft=0.977
(14)fL1/f1=1.387
(15)fL2/f1=2.313
(16)TLw/Bfw=4.277
(17)(L2r2+L2r1)/(L2r2−L2r1)=-1.250
(18)(L3r2+L3r1)/(L3r2−L3r1)= 0.271
(19)νr=82.57
(20)Fnow=2.91
(21)Fnot=2.91
(Table 28)
Σν1n = 178.09
Σ (ν1n × f1n) =-8640.434
STLw = 83.398
fL1 = -31.562
fL2 = -52.654
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
(1) ν1n = 82.57
(2) nL2 / nL1 = 1.160
(3) N1n = 3
(4) 2ωw = 114.733 °
(5) nL1 = 1.623
(6) fw × (−f1) / Fnow = 112.637mm 2
(7) (L1r2 + L1r1) / (L1r2-L1r1) =-1.336
(8) (Σν1n) /N1n=59.363
(9) (Σ (ν1n × f1n)) / (N1n × f1) = 126.533
(10) Bfw / fw = 2.641
(11) STLw / TLw = 0.550
(12) (-f1) /fp=1.581
(13) (-f1) / ft = 0.977
(14) fL1 / f1 = 1.387
(15) fL2 / f1 = 2.313
(16) TLw / Bfw = 4.277
(17) (L2r2 + L2r1) / (L2r2-L2r1) =-1.250
(18) (L3r2 + L3r1) / (L3r2-L3r1) = 0.271
(19) νr = 82.57
(20) Fnow = 2.91
(21) Fnot = 2.91
このように、変倍光学系ZL7は、上記条件式(1)〜(21)を全て満足している。 As described above, the variable magnification optical system ZL7 satisfies all of the above conditional expressions (1) to (21).
この変倍光学系ZL7の無限遠物体合焦時の広角端状態及び望遠端状態における諸収差図を図14に示す。これらの諸収差図より、この変倍光学系ZL7は、広角端状態から望遠端状態にわたって諸収差を良好に補正し優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 FIG. 14 shows various aberration diagrams of the variable magnification optical system ZL7 in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state when the object is in focus at infinity. From these various aberration diagrams, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system ZL7 satisfactorily corrects various aberrations from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state and has excellent imaging performance.
[第8実施例]
図15は、第8実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL8の構成を示す図である。この変倍光学系ZL8は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する後群GRとから構成されている。また、後群GRは、物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3とから構成されている。
[8th Example]
FIG. 15 is a diagram showing the configuration of the variable magnification optical system ZL8 according to the eighth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL8 is composed of a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a rear group GR having a positive refractive power in order from the object side. Further, the rear group GR is composed of a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power and a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power in order from the object side.
この変倍光学系ZL8において、第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に、物体側のレンズ面及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL11、像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL12、両凹負レンズL13、及び両凸正レンズL14で構成されている。また、第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL22とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL31と両凸正レンズL32とを接合した接合レンズ、両凹負レンズL33と両凸正レンズL34とを接合した接合レンズ、両凸正レンズL35、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL36と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL37とを接合した接合レンズ、両凸正レンズL38と両凹負レンズL39とを接合した接合レンズ、及び物体側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面正レンズL310で構成されている。なお、第3レンズ群G3と像面Iとの間には、フィルターFLが配置されている。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL8, the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the object side and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape in order from the object side, and the convex surface is directed toward the object side. Aspherical negative lens L11, an aspherical negative lens L12 having a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the image side is formed in an aspherical shape and a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave negative lens L13, and a biconvex positive lens L14. It is composed of. Further, the second lens group G2 is composed of a bonded lens in which a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side and a positive meniscus lens L22 having a convex surface facing the object side are joined in order from the object side. Further, the third lens group G3 includes a junction lens in which a negative meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L32 are joined in order from the object side, a biconcave negative lens L33 and a biconvex positive lens L34. A junction lens, a biconvex positive lens L35, a junction lens in which a negative meniscus lens L36 with a convex surface facing the object side and a positive meniscus lens L37 with a convex surface facing the object side are joined, a biconvex positive lens L38 and a biconcave It is composed of a bonded lens in which a negative lens L39 is joined, and an aspherical positive lens L310 having a positive meniscus lens shape in which a lens surface on the object side is formed in an aspherical shape and a concave surface is directed to the object side. A filter FL is arranged between the third lens group G3 and the image plane I.
また、変倍光学系ZL8は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔が減少し、第3レンズ群G3と像面Iとの間隔(バックフォーカス)が増大するように、第1レンズ群G1が像側に移動し、第2レンズ群G2及び第3レンズ群G3が物体側に移動する。また、開口絞りSは第3レンズ群G3内(負メニスカスレンズL31と両凸正レンズL32とを接合した接合レンズと両凹負レンズL33と両凸正レンズL34とを接合した接合レンズとの間)に配置されており、変倍に際し第3レンズ群G3とともに移動する。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL8, when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 is reduced, and the second lens group G2 and the third lens group are reduced. The first lens group G1 moves to the image side so that the distance from the G3 decreases and the distance (back focus) between the third lens group G3 and the image plane I increases, and the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G2 and the third lens group G1 move. The lens group G3 moves to the object side. Further, the aperture diaphragm S is located in the third lens group G3 (between the junction lens in which the negative meniscus lens L31 and the biconvex positive lens L32 are bonded and the junction lens in which the biconcave negative lens L33 and the biconvex positive lens L34 are bonded. ), And moves with the third lens group G3 when scaling.
また、変倍光学系ZL8は、第2レンズ群G2を像側に移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うように構成されている。 Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL8 is configured to focus from an infinity object to a short-distance object by moving the second lens group G2 to the image side.
以下の表29に、変倍光学系ZL8の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 29 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system ZL8.
なお、表29において、第16面は開口絞りSを示し、第9面及び第20面は仮想面を示している。また、第20面には副絞りを配置することができる。 In Table 29, the 16th surface shows the aperture stop S, and the 9th and 20th surfaces show virtual surfaces. Further, a secondary diaphragm can be arranged on the 20th surface.
また、この変倍光学系ZL8の物体側にフィルターを配置するときは、第1面から物体側に6.10mm離れた位置に配置される。 When the filter is arranged on the object side of the variable magnification optical system ZL8, it is arranged at a position 6.10 mm away from the first surface on the object side.
(表29)第8実施例
[全体諸元]
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f = 14.400 〜 16.000 〜 18.000 〜 23.300
FNO = 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91
2ω(°) = 115.176 〜 108.256 〜 100.691 〜 84.861
Ymax = 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600
TL(空気換算長)= 137.332 〜 134.390 〜 131.934 〜 129.823
Bf(空気換算長)= 22.585 〜 24.937 〜 27.848 〜 35.493
[レンズデータ]
m r d nd νd
物面 ∞
1* 342.7914 3.0000 1.588870 61.13
2* 16.1106 11.6048
3 49.2913 2.0000 1.820980 42.50
4* 25.8983 11.3832
5 -45.4837 1.5000 1.497820 82.57
6 54.3748 0.5376
7 38.8825 6.6444 1.635257 33.41
8 -91.9824 d8
9 0.0000 0.0000
10 33.1746 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
11 19.3866 4.3000 1.654152 32.42
12 119.3997 d12
13 24.1338 1.1000 1.846660 23.80
14 17.5000 6.2000 1.511153 65.39
15 -363.4978 1.5000
16 0.0000 2.8214 開口絞りS
17 -41.4313 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
18 27.1802 5.4000 1.846660 23.80
19 -54.0998 0.3995
20 0.0000 -0.3000
21 24.5452 6.0000 1.497820 82.57
22 -55.5602 0.2000
23 51.0776 1.1000 1.834810 42.73
24 17.5706 5.0000 1.497820 82.57
25 163.6668 0.2000
26 37.0379 7.0000 1.497820 82.57
27 -18.4013 1.1000 1.834810 42.73
28 86.5739 3.9979
29* -60.3503 2.0000 1.860999 37.10
30 -50.2613 d30
31 0.0000 1.6000 1.516800 64.13
32 0.0000 1.0688
像面 ∞
[レンズ群焦点距離]
レンズ群 始面 焦点距離
第1レンズ群 1 -21.915
第2レンズ群 9 122.590
第3レンズ群 13 39.056
(Table 29) Example 8 [Overall specifications]
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f = 14.400 ~ 16.000 ~ 18.000 ~ 23.300
FNO = 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91
2ω (°) = 115.176 ~ 108.256 ~ 100.691 ~ 84.861
Ymax = 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600
TL (air equivalent length) = 137.332 ~ 134.390 ~ 131.934 ~ 129.823
Bf (air equivalent length) = 22.585 ~ 24.937 ~ 27.848 ~ 35.493
[Lens data]
m r d nd ν d
Physical surface ∞
1 * 342.7914 3.0000 1.588870 61.13
2 * 16.1106 11.6048
3 49.2913 2.0000 1.820980 42.50
4 * 25.8983 11.3832
5 -45.4837 1.5000 1.497820 82.57
6 54.3748 0.5376
7 38.8825 6.6444 1.635257 33.41
8 -91.9824 d8
9 0.0000 0.0000
10 33.1746 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
11 19.3866 4.3000 1.654152 32.42
12 119.3997 d12
13 24.1338 1.1000 1.846660 23.80
14 17.5000 6.2000 1.511153 65.39
15 -363.4978 1.5000
16 0.0000 2.8214 Aperture aperture S
17 -41.4313 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
18 27.1802 5.4000 1.846660 23.80
19 -54.0998 0.3995
20 0.0000 -0.3000
21 24.5452 6.0000 1.497820 82.57
22 -55.5602 0.2000
23 51.0776 1.1000 1.834810 42.73
24 17.5706 5.0000 1.497820 82.57
25 163.6668 0.2000
26 37.0379 7.0000 1.497820 82.57
27 -18.4013 1.1000 1.834810 42.73
28 86.5739 3.9979
29 * -60.3503 2.0000 1.860999 37.10
30 -50.2613 d30
31 0.0000 1.6000 1.516800 64.13
32 0.0000 1.0688
Image plane ∞
[Lens group focal length]
Lens group Start surface Focal length 1st lens group 1 -21.915
2nd lens group 9 122.590
Third lens group 13 39.056
この変倍光学系ZL8において、第1面、第2面、第4面及び第29面の各レンズ面は非球面形状に形成されている。次の表30に、面番号m及び非球面のデータ、すなわち円錐定数K及び各非球面定数A4〜A12の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL8, each lens surface of the first surface, the second surface, the fourth surface, and the 29th surface is formed in an aspherical shape. Table 30 below shows the data of the surface number m and the aspherical surface, that is, the values of the conical constant K and the aspherical constants A4 to A12.
(表30)
[非球面データ]
第 1面 K=1.0000
A4 = 1.19707E-05 A6 =-1.76977E-08 A8 = 1.6943E-11
A10=-8.85755E-15 A12= 1.9766E-18 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 2面 K=0.0000
A4= 7.01276E-06 A6 = 2.77908E-08 A8 = 3.97015E-11
A10=-5.16043E-13 A12= 6.2126E-16 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 4面 K=1.3632
A4 = 1.34780E-05 A6 =-1.71246E-09 A8 = 5.11129E-11
A10= 3.88045E-13 A12= 1.1914E-18 A14= 0.00000E+00
第29面 K=1.0000
A4 =-2.04742E-05 A6 =-5.87424E-08 A8 = 2.99693E-10
A10=-3.41851E-12 A12= 7.3793E-15 A14= 0.00000E+00
(Table 30)
[Aspherical data]
First side K = 1.000
A4 = 1.19707E-05 A6 = -1.77697E-08 A8 = 1.6943E-11
A10 = -8.85755E-15 A12 = 1.9766E-18 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Second side K = 0.0000
A4 = 7.01276E-06 A6 = 2.77908E-08 A8 = 3.97015E-11
A10 = -5.16043E-13 A12 = 6.2126E-16 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
4th side K = 1.3632
A4 = 1.34780E-05 A6 = -1.71246E-09 A8 = 5.11129E-11
A10 = 3.88045E-13 A12 = 1.1914E-18 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 29 K = 1.000
A4 = -2.04742E-05 A6 = -5.88742E-08 A8 = 2.99693E-10
A10 = -3.41851E-12 A12 = 7.3793E-15 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
この変倍光学系ZL8において、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との軸上空気間隔d8、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との軸上空気間隔d12、及び、第3レンズ群G3とフィルターFLとの軸上空気間隔d30は、変倍及び合焦に際して変化する。次の表31に、無限遠物体合焦時、近距離物体合焦時及び最至近物体合焦時のそれぞれにおける広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、及び望遠端状態の各焦点距離おける可変間隔の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL8, the axial air gap d8 between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, the axial air gap d12 between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and the third lens group G3. The axial air gap d30 between the lens group G3 and the filter FL changes during magnification and focusing. Table 31 below shows the variable intervals at the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state at the time of focusing on an infinity object, focusing on a short-range object, and focusing on the closest object, respectively. Indicates a value.
(表31)
[可変間隔データ]
−無限遠物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f 14.400 16.000 18.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 19.3279 14.5264 9.8351 1.5000
d12 8.5296 8.0374 7.3623 5.9410
d30 20.4803 22.8718 25.7862 33.4872
−近距離物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 547.1797 611.4703 691.7918 904.4881
d8 20.3497 15.4876 10.7327 2.2703
d12 7.5079 7.0762 6.4647 5.1707
d30 20.4803 22.8718 25.7862 33.4872
−最至近物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.091 -0.099 -0.110 -0.142
d0 136.0234 138.9653 141.4208 143.5318
d8 22.8593 18.1510 13.5843 5.5992
d12 4.9982 4.4129 3.6131 1.8418
d30 20.4803 22.8718 25.7862 33.4872
(Table 31)
[Variable interval data]
-When focusing on an infinite object-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f 14.400 16.000 18.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 19.3279 14.5264 9.8351 1.5000
d12 8.5296 8.0374 7.3623 5.9410
d30 20.4803 22.8718 25.7862 33.4872
-When focusing on short-range objects-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 547.1797 611.4703 691.7918 904.4881
d8 20.3497 15.4876 10.7327 2.2703
d12 7.5079 7.0762 6.4647 5.1707
d30 20.4803 22.8718 25.7862 33.4872
-When the closest object is in focus-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.091 -0.099 -0.110 -0.142
d0 136.0234 138.9653 141.4208 143.5318
d8 22.8593 18.1510 13.5843 5.5992
d12 4.9982 4.4129 3.6131 1.8418
d30 20.4803 22.8718 25.7862 33.4872
次の表32に、変倍光学系ZL8における各条件式対応値を示す。なお、この変倍光学系ZL8において、特定負レンズは、両凹負レンズL13であり、特定レンズは、両凸正レンズL35、正メニスカスレンズL37及び両凸正レンズL38である。 Table 32 below shows the values corresponding to each conditional expression in the variable magnification optical system ZL8. In this variable magnification optical system ZL8, the specific negative lens is a biconcave negative lens L13, and the specific lenses are a biconvex positive lens L35, a positive meniscus lens L37, and a biconvex positive lens L38.
(表32)
Σν1n=186.20
Σ(ν1n×f1n)=-8786.587
STLw=78.728
fL1=-28.806
fL2=-69.134
[条件式対応値]
(1)ν1n=82.57
(2)nL2/nL1=1.146
(3)N1n=3
(4)2ωw=115.176°
(5)nL1=1.589
(6)fw×(−f1)/Fnow=108.445mm2
(7)(L1r2+L1r1)/(L1r2−L1r1)=-1.099
(8)(Σν1n)/N1n=62.067
(9)(Σ(ν1n×f1n))/(N1n×f1)=133.647
(10)Bfw/fw=1.568
(11)STLw/TLw=0.573
(12)(−f1)/fw=1.522
(13)(−f1)/ft=0.941
(14)fL1/f1=1.314
(15)fL2/f1=3.155
(16)TLw/Bfw=6.081
(17)(L2r2+L2r1)/(L2r2−L2r1)=-3.214
(18)(L3r2+L3r1)/(L3r2−L3r1)= 0.089
(19)νr=82.57
(20)Fnow=2.91
(21)Fnot=2.91
(Table 32)
Σν1n = 186.20
Σ (ν1n × f1n) =-8786.587
STLw = 78.728
fL1 = -28.806
fL2 = -69.134
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
(1) ν1n = 82.57
(2) nL2 / nL1 = 1.146
(3) N1n = 3
(4) 2ωw = 115.176 °
(5) nL1 = 1.589
(6) fw × (−f1) / Fnow = 108.445mm 2
(7) (L1r2 + L1r1) / (L1r2-L1r1) = -1.099
(8) (Σν1n) / N1n = 62.067
(9) (Σ (ν1n × f1n)) / (N1n × f1) = 133.647
(10) Bfw / fw = 1.568
(11) STLw / TLw = 0.573
(12) (-f1) / fw = 1.522
(13) (-f1) / ft = 0.941
(14) fL1 / f1 = 1.314
(15) fL2 / f1 = 3.155
(16) TLw / Bfw = 6.081
(17) (L2r2 + L2r1) / (L2r2-L2r1) =-3.214
(18) (L3r2 + L3r1) / (L3r2-L3r1) = 0.089
(19) νr = 82.57
(20) Fnow = 2.91
(21) Fnot = 2.91
このように、変倍光学系ZL8は、上記条件式(1)〜(21)を全て満足している。 As described above, the variable magnification optical system ZL8 satisfies all of the above conditional expressions (1) to (21).
この変倍光学系ZL8の無限遠物体合焦時の広角端状態及び望遠端状態における諸収差図を図16に示す。これらの諸収差図より、この変倍光学系ZL8は、広角端状態から望遠端状態にわたって諸収差を良好に補正し優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 FIG. 16 shows various aberration diagrams in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state when the variable magnification optical system ZL8 is in focus at an infinity object. From these various aberration diagrams, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system ZL8 satisfactorily corrects various aberrations from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state and has excellent imaging performance.
[第9実施例]
図17は、第9実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL9の構成を示す図である。この変倍光学系ZL9は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する後群GRとから構成されている。また、後群GRは、物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、負の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4とから構成されている。
[9th Example]
FIG. 17 is a diagram showing the configuration of the variable magnification optical system ZL9 according to the ninth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL9 is composed of a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a rear group GR having a positive refractive power in order from the object side. Further, the rear group GR includes a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, and a fourth lens group G4 having a negative refractive power in order from the object side. It is composed of.
この変倍光学系ZL9において、第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に、物体側のレンズ面及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL11、像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL12、両凹負レンズL13、及び両凸正レンズL14で構成されている。また、第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL21と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL22とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32とを接合した接合レンズ、両凹負レンズL33と両凸正レンズL34とを接合した接合レンズ、両凸正レンズL35、及び物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL36と両凸正レンズL37とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に、両凸正レンズL41と両凹負レンズL42とを接合した接合レンズ、及び物体側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面正レンズL43で構成されている。なお、第4レンズ群G4と像面Iとの間には、フィルターFLが配置されている。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL9, the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the object side and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape in order from the object side, and the convex surface is directed toward the object side. Aspherical negative lens L11, an aspherical negative lens L12 having a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the image side is formed in an aspherical shape and a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave negative lens L13, and a biconvex positive lens L14. It is composed of. Further, the second lens group G2 is composed of a bonded lens in which a negative meniscus lens L21 having a convex surface facing the object side and a positive meniscus lens L22 having a convex surface facing the object side are joined in order from the object side. Further, the third lens group G3 includes a junction lens L33 in which a negative meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side are joined in order from the object side, and a biconcave negative lens L33. It is composed of a bonded lens in which a biconvex positive lens L34 is bonded, a biconvex positive lens L35, and a bonded lens in which a negative meniscus lens L36 with a convex surface facing the object side and a biconvex positive lens L37 are joined. Further, in the fourth lens group G4, in order from the object side, a bonded lens in which a biconvex positive lens L41 and a biconcave negative lens L42 are joined, and a lens surface on the object side are formed in an aspherical shape, and a concave surface on the object side. It is composed of an aspherical positive lens L43 having a positive meniscus lens shape. A filter FL is arranged between the fourth lens group G4 and the image plane I.
また、変倍光学系ZL9は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔が減少し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔が増大し、第4レンズ群G4と像面Iとの間隔(バックフォーカス)が増大するように、第1レンズ群G1が像側に移動し、第2レンズ群G2、第3レンズ群G3及び第4レンズ群G4が物体側に移動する。また、開口絞りSは第3レンズ群G3内(負メニスカスレンズL31と両凸正レンズL32とを接合した接合レンズと両凹負レンズL33と両凸正レンズL34とを接合した接合レンズとの間)に配置されており、変倍に際し第3レンズ群G3とともに移動する。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL9, when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 is reduced, and the second lens group G2 and the third lens group are reduced. The first is such that the distance from G3 decreases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 increases, and the distance (back focus) between the fourth lens group G4 and the image plane I increases. The lens group G1 moves to the image side, and the second lens group G2, the third lens group G3, and the fourth lens group G4 move to the object side. Further, the aperture diaphragm S is located in the third lens group G3 (between the junction lens in which the negative meniscus lens L31 and the biconvex positive lens L32 are bonded and the junction lens in which the biconcave negative lens L33 and the biconvex positive lens L34 are bonded. ), And moves with the third lens group G3 when scaling.
また、変倍光学系ZL9は、第2レンズ群G2を像側に移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うように構成されている。 Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL9 is configured to focus from an infinity object to a short-distance object by moving the second lens group G2 to the image side.
以下の表33に、変倍光学系ZL9の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 33 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system ZL9.
なお、表33において、第16面は開口絞りSを示し、第9面及び第20面は仮想面を示している。また、第20面には副絞りを配置することができる。 In Table 33, the 16th surface shows the aperture stop S, and the 9th and 20th surfaces show virtual surfaces. Further, a secondary diaphragm can be arranged on the 20th surface.
また、この変倍光学系ZL9の物体側にフィルターを配置するときは、第1面から物体側に6.10mm離れた位置に配置される。 When the filter is arranged on the object side of the variable magnification optical system ZL9, it is arranged at a position 6.10 mm away from the first surface on the object side.
(表33)第9実施例
[全体諸元]
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f = 14.400 〜 16.000 〜 18.000 〜 23.300
FNO = 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91
2ω(°) = 115.123 〜 107.999 〜 100.301 〜 84.436
Ymax = 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600
TL(空気換算長)= 137.421 〜 134.414 〜 131.760 〜 129.485
Bf(空気換算長)= 21.808 〜 24.029 〜 26.719 〜 34.219
[レンズデータ]
m r d nd νd
物面 ∞
1* 211.8265 3.0000 1.588870 61.13
2* 15.9992 11.6180
3 48.6821 2.0000 1.820980 42.50
4* 25.7140 11.5301
5 -43.5876 1.5000 1.497820 82.57
6 54.1333 0.5681
7 40.3289 6.6069 1.625844 34.24
8 -86.6000 d8
9 0.0000 0.0000
10 36.9813 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
11 19.6099 4.3000 1.680196 30.69
12 1248.2429 d12
13 26.0906 1.1000 1.846660 23.80
14 17.5000 6.2000 1.489456 69.86
15 1516.2872 1.5382
16 0.0000 2.6920 開口絞りS
17 -46.0077 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
18 26.5003 5.4000 1.846660 23.80
19 -55.7140 0.3744
20 0.0000 -0.3000
21 25.7684 6.0000 1.497820 82.57
22 -51.7236 0.2000
23 53.1758 1.1000 1.834810 42.73
24 17.7067 5.0000 1.497820 82.57
25 -115.0285 d25
26 57.4820 7.0000 1.497820 82.57
27 -18.9711 1.1000 1.834810 42.73
28 69.6403 3.9109
29* -41.3607 2.0000 1.860999 37.10
30 -35.5329 d30
31 0.0000 1.6000 1.516800 64.13
32 0.0000 0.9492
像面 ∞
[レンズ群焦点距離]
レンズ群 始面 焦点距離
第1レンズ群 1 -21.475
第2レンズ群 10 88.427
第3レンズ群 13 32.839
第4レンズ群 26 -65.349
(Table 33) Ninth Example [Overall Specifications]
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f = 14.400 ~ 16.000 ~ 18.000 ~ 23.300
FNO = 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91
2ω (°) = 115.123 ~ 107.999 ~ 100.301 ~ 84.436
Ymax = 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600
TL (air equivalent length) = 137.421 ~ 134.414 ~ 131.760 ~ 129.485
Bf (air equivalent length) = 21.808 ~ 24.029 ~ 26.719 ~ 34.219
[Lens data]
m r d nd ν d
Physical surface ∞
1 * 211.8265 3.0000 1.588870 61.13
2 * 15.9992 11.6180
3 48.6821 2.0000 1.820980 42.50
4 * 25.7140 11.5301
5 -43.5876 1.5000 1.497820 82.57
6 54.1333 0.5681
7 40.3289 6.6069 1.625844 34.24
8 -86.6000 d8
9 0.0000 0.0000
10 36.9813 1.1000 1.963000 24.11
11 19.6099 4.3000 1.680196 30.69
12 1248.2429 d12
13 26.0906 1.1000 1.846660 23.80
14 17.5000 6.2000 1.489456 69.86
15 1516.2872 1.5382
16 0.0000 2.6920 Aperture aperture S
17 -46.0077 1.1000 1.953750 32.33
18 26.5003 5.4000 1.846660 23.80
19 -55.7140 0.3744
20 0.0000 -0.3000
21 25.7684 6.0000 1.497820 82.57
22 -51.7236 0.2000
23 53.1758 1.1000 1.834810 42.73
24 17.7067 5.0000 1.497820 82.57
25 -115.0285 d25
26 57.4820 7.0000 1.497820 82.57
27 -18.9711 1.1000 1.834810 42.73
28 69.6403 3.9109
29 * -41.3607 2.0000 1.860999 37.10
30 -35.5329 d30
31 0.0000 1.6000 1.516800 64.13
32 0.0000 0.9492
Image plane ∞
[Lens group focal length]
Lens group Start surface Focal length 1st lens group 1 -21.475
3rd lens group 13 32.839
4th lens group 26 -65.349
この変倍光学系ZL9において、第1面、第2面、第4面及び第29面の各レンズ面は非球面形状に形成されている。次の表34に、面番号m及び非球面のデータ、すなわち円錐定数K及び各非球面定数A4〜A12の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL9, each lens surface of the first surface, the second surface, the fourth surface, and the 29th surface is formed in an aspherical shape. Table 34 below shows the data of the surface number m and the aspherical surface, that is, the values of the conical constant K and the aspherical constants A4 to A12.
(表34)
[非球面データ]
第 1面 K=1.0000
A4 = 1.09229E-05 A6 =-1.69852E-08 A8 = 1.67481E-11
A10=-8.86570E-15 A12= 1.92870E-18 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 2面 K=0.0000
A4 = 9.21479E-06 A6 = 2.30867E-08 A8 = 1.30262E-11
A10=-4.06315E-13 A12= 4.84400E-16 A14= 0.00000E+00
第 4面 K=1.3178
A4 = 1.27593E-05 A6 =-2.12909E-09 A8 = 9.99165E-11
A10= 8.39923E-14 A12= 6.41400E-16 A14= 0.00000E+00
第29面 K=1.0000
A4 =-1.73924E-05 A6 =-5.17645E-08 A8 = 1.21697E-10
A10=-2.24340E-12 A12= 2.49200E-15 A14= 0.00000E+00
(Table 34)
[Aspherical data]
First side K = 1.000
A4 = 1.09229E-05 A6 = -1.69825E-08 A8 = 1.67481E-11
A10 = -8.86570E-15 A12 = 1.92870E-18 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Second side K = 0.0000
A4 = 9.21479E-06 A6 = 2.30867E-08 A8 = 1.30262E-11
A10 = -4.06315E-13 A12 = 4.84400E-16 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 4 K = 1.3178
A4 = 1.27593E-05 A6 = -2.12909E-09 A8 = 9.99165E-11
A10 = 8.39923E-14 A12 = 6.41400E-16 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
Side 29 K = 1.000
A4 = -1.773924E-05 A6 = -5.17645E-08 A8 = 1.21697E-10
A10 = -2.24340E-12 A12 = 2.49200E-15 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
この変倍光学系ZL9において、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との軸上空気間隔d8、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との軸上空気間隔d12、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との軸上空気間隔d24、及び、第4レンズ群G4とフィルターFLとの軸上空気間隔d30は、変倍及び合焦に際して変化する。次の表35に、無限遠物体合焦時、近距離物体合焦時及び最至近物体合焦時のそれぞれにおける広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、及び望遠端状態の各焦点距離おける可変間隔の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL9, the axial air gap d8 between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, the axial air gap d12 between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and the third lens group. The on-axis air spacing d24 between the G3 and the fourth lens group G4 and the on-axis air spacing d30 between the fourth lens group G4 and the filter FL change during scaling and focusing. Table 35 below shows the variable intervals at each focal length in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state at the time of focusing on an infinity object, focusing on a short-range object, and focusing on the closest object, respectively. Indicates a value.
(表35)
[可変間隔データ]
−無限遠物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f 14.400 16.000 18.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 19.8415 14.9293 10.0773 1.6769
d12 7.6288 7.1950 6.5331 5.0307
d25 1.5037 1.6216 1.7924 1.9194
d30 19.7474 21.9244 24.6266 32.2154
−近距離物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 547.1797 611.4703 691.7918 904.4881
d8 20.6724 15.6966 10.7821 2.2646
d12 6.7979 6.4278 5.8283 4.4429
d25 1.5037 1.6216 1.7924 1.9194
d30 19.7474 21.9244 24.6266 32.2154
−最至近物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.091 -0.099 -0.110 -0.142
d0 136.0234 138.9653 141.4208 143.5318
d8 22.7133 17.8241 13.0223 4.8109
d12 4.7570 4.3002 3.5882 1.8967
d25 1.5037 1.6216 1.7924 1.9194
d30 19.7474 21.9244 24.6266 32.2154
(Table 35)
[Variable interval data]
-When focusing on an infinite object-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f 14.400 16.000 18.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d8 19.8415 14.9293 10.0773 1.6769
d12 7.6288 7.1950 6.5331 5.0307
d25 1.5037 1.6216 1.7924 1.9194
d30 19.7474 21.9244 24.6266 32.2154
-When focusing on short-range objects-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 547.1797 611.4703 691.7918 904.4881
d8 20.6724 15.6966 10.7821 2.2646
d12 6.7979 6.4278 5.8283 4.4429
d25 1.5037 1.6216 1.7924 1.9194
d30 19.7474 21.9244 24.6266 32.2154
-When the closest object is in focus-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.091 -0.099 -0.110 -0.142
d0 136.0234 138.9653 141.4208 143.5318
d8 22.7133 17.8241 13.0223 4.8109
d12 4.7570 4.3002 3.5882 1.8967
d25 1.5037 1.6216 1.7924 1.9194
d30 19.7474 21.9244 24.6266 32.2154
次の表36に、変倍光学系ZL9における各条件式対応値を示す。なお、この変倍光学系ZL9において、特定負レンズは、両凹負レンズL13であり、特定レンズは、両凸正レンズL35、両凸正レンズL37及び両凸正レンズL41である。 Table 36 below shows the values corresponding to each conditional expression in the variable magnification optical system ZL9. In this variable magnification optical system ZL9, the specific negative lens is a biconcave negative lens L13, and the specific lenses are a biconvex positive lens L35, a biconvex positive lens L37, and a biconvex positive lens L41.
(表36)
Σν1n=186.20
Σ(ν1n×f1n)=-8728.096
STLw=78.532
fL1=-29.557
fL2=-69.099
[条件式対応値]
(1)ν1n=82.57
(2)nL2/nL1=1.146
(3)N1n=3
(4)2ωw=115.123°
(5)nL1=1.589
(6)fw×(−f1)/Fnow=106.270mm2
(7)(L1r2+L1r1)/(L1r2−L1r1)=-1.163
(8)(Σν1n)/N1n=62.067
(9)(Σ(ν1n×f1n))/(N1n×f1)=135.474
(10)Bfw/fw=1.514
(11)STLw/TLw=0.571
(12)(−f1)/fw=1.491
(13)(−f1)/ft=0.922
(14)fL1/f1=1.376
(15)fL2/f1=3.218
(16)TLw/Bfw=6.301
(17)(L2r2+L2r1)/(L2r2−L2r1)=-3.239
(18)(L3r2+L3r1)/(L3r2−L3r1)= 0.108
(19)νr=82.57
(20)Fnow=2.91
(21)Fnot=2.91
(Table 36)
Σν1n = 186.20
Σ (ν1n × f1n) =-8728.096
STLw = 78.532
fL1 = -29.557
fL2 = -69.099
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
(1) ν1n = 82.57
(2) nL2 / nL1 = 1.146
(3) N1n = 3
(4) 2ωw = 115.123 °
(5) nL1 = 1.589
(6) fw × (−f1) / Fnow = 106.270 mm 2
(7) (L1r2 + L1r1) / (L1r2-L1r1) =-1.163
(8) (Σν1n) / N1n = 62.067
(9) (Σ (ν1n × f1n)) / (N1n × f1) = 135.474
(10) Bfw / fw = 1.514
(11) STLw / TLw = 0.571
(12) (-f1) / fw = 1.491
(13) (-f1) /ft=0.922
(14) fL1 / f1 = 1.376
(15) fL2 / f1 = 3.218
(16) TLw / Bfw = 6.301
(17) (L2r2 + L2r1) / (L2r2-L2r1) =-3.239
(18) (L3r2 + L3r1) / (L3r2-L3r1) = 0.108
(19) νr = 82.57
(20) Fnow = 2.91
(21) Fnot = 2.91
このように、変倍光学系ZL9は、上記条件式(1)〜(21)を全て満足している。 As described above, the variable magnification optical system ZL9 satisfies all of the above conditional expressions (1) to (21).
この変倍光学系ZL9の無限遠物体合焦時の広角端状態及び望遠端状態における諸収差図を図18に示す。これらの諸収差図より、この変倍光学系ZL9は、広角端状態から望遠端状態にわたって諸収差を良好に補正し優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 FIG. 18 shows various aberration diagrams of the variable magnification optical system ZL9 in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state when the object is in focus at infinity. From these various aberration diagrams, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system ZL9 satisfactorily corrects various aberrations from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state and has excellent imaging performance.
[第10実施例]
図19は、第10実施例に係る変倍光学系ZL10の構成を示す図である。この変倍光学系ZL10は、物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する後群GRとから構成されている。また、後群GRは、物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、負の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。
[10th Example]
FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a configuration of the variable magnification optical system ZL10 according to the tenth embodiment. The variable magnification optical system ZL10 is composed of a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a rear group GR having a positive refractive power in order from the object side. Further, the rear group GR includes a second lens group G2 having a positive refractive power, a third lens group G3 having a positive refractive power, and a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power in order from the object side. , It is composed of a fifth lens group G5 having a negative refractive power.
この変倍光学系ZL10において、第1レンズ群G1は、物体側から順に、物体側のレンズ面及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL11、像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面負レンズL12、及び両凹負レンズL13と両凸正レンズL14とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第2レンズ群G2は、物体側から順に、両凸正レンズL21、及び両凸正レンズL22と両凹負レンズL23とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第3レンズ群G3は、物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第4レンズ群G4は、物体側から順に、両凹負レンズL41と両凸正レンズL42とを接合した接合レンズ、両凸正レンズL43、及び物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL44と両凸正レンズL45とを接合した接合レンズで構成されている。また、第5レンズ群G5は、物体側から順に、両凹負レンズL51と両凸正レンズL52とを接合した接合レンズ、及び像側のレンズ面が非球面形状に形成され、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズ形状の非球面正レンズL53で構成されている。なお、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間には、フィルターFLが配置されている。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL10, the first lens group G1 has a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the object side and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape in order from the object side, and the convex surface is directed toward the object side. Aspherical negative lens L11, an aspherical negative lens L12 having a negative meniscus lens shape in which the lens surface on the image side is formed in an aspherical shape and a convex surface facing the object side, and a biconcave negative lens L13 and a biconvex positive lens L14. It is composed of a bonded lens that is bonded to. Further, the second lens group G2 is composed of a biconvex positive lens L21 and a junction lens in which a biconvex positive lens L22 and a biconcave negative lens L23 are joined in order from the object side. Further, the third lens group G3 is composed of a bonded lens in which a negative meniscus lens L31 having a convex surface facing the object side and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side are joined in order from the object side. Further, the fourth lens group G4 includes a junction lens in which a biconcave negative lens L41 and a biconvex positive lens L42 are joined, a biconvex positive lens L43, and a negative meniscus lens L44 with a convex surface facing the object side, in order from the object side. It is composed of a bonded lens in which a biconvex regular lens L45 is bonded. Further, in the fifth lens group G5, the bonded lens in which the biconcave negative lens L51 and the biconvex positive lens L52 are joined in order from the object side, and the lens surface on the image side are formed in an aspherical shape, and the concave surface on the object side. It is composed of an aspherical positive lens L53 having a positive meniscus lens shape. A filter FL is arranged between the fifth lens group G5 and the image plane I.
また、変倍光学系ZL10は、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔が変化し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔が減少し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔が増大し、第5レンズ群G5と像面Iとの間隔(バックフォーカス)が増大するように、第1レンズ群G1が像側に移動し、第2レンズ群G2、第3レンズ群G3、第4レンズ群G4及び第5レンズ群G5が物体側に移動する。また、開口絞りSは第3レンズ群G3第4レンズ群G4との間に配置されており、変倍に際し第4レンズ群G4とともに移動する。 Further, in the variable magnification optical system ZL10, when the magnification is changed from the wide-angle end state to the telescopic end state, the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 is reduced, and the second lens group G2 and the third lens group are reduced. The distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases, and the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G5 increases. The first lens group G1 moves to the image side so that the distance (back focus) from the image plane I increases, and the second lens group G2, the third lens group G3, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group G5 moves to the object side. Further, the aperture diaphragm S is arranged between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4, and moves together with the fourth lens group G4 at the time of scaling.
また、変倍光学系ZL10は、第2レンズ群G2を像側に移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うように構成されている。 Further, the variable magnification optical system ZL10 is configured to focus from an infinity object to a short-distance object by moving the second lens group G2 to the image side.
以下の表37に、変倍光学系ZL10の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 37 below lists the specifications of the variable magnification optical system ZL10.
なお、表37において、第18面は開口絞りSを示し、第8面、第14面及び第32面は仮想面を示している。また、第14面には副絞りを配置することができる。 In Table 37, the 18th surface shows the aperture stop S, and the 8th, 14th, and 32nd surfaces show virtual surfaces. Further, a secondary diaphragm can be arranged on the 14th surface.
また、この変倍光学系ZL10の物体側にフィルターを配置するときは、第1面から物体側に6.10mm離れた位置に配置される。 When the filter is arranged on the object side of the variable magnification optical system ZL10, it is arranged at a position 6.10 mm away from the first surface on the object side.
(表37)第10実施例
[全体諸元]
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f = 14.400 〜 18.000 〜 20.000 〜 23.300
FNO = 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91 〜 2.91
2ω(°) = 114.664 〜 99.908 〜 93.228 〜 83.941
Ymax = 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600 〜 21.600
TL(空気換算長)= 143.298 〜 136.392 〜 134.454 〜 133.191
Bf(空気換算長)= 21.176 〜 26.098 〜 28.849 〜 33.508
[レンズデータ]
m r d nd νd
物面 ∞
1* 73.3719 3.2000 1.588870 61.13
2* 14.5908 13.6216
3 63.8356 2.0000 1.860999 37.10
4* 30.0096 10.9163
5 -50.1332 2.7239 1.433848 95.23
6 36.7661 5.9645 1.806100 33.34
7 -2583.8501 d7
8 0.0000 d8
9 98.9830 3.3713 1.728250 28.38
10 -69.3563 0.2000
11 45.8254 4.5650 1.698950 30.13
12 -44.1835 1.2000 1.963000 24.11
13 51.6189 d13
14 0.0000 0.0000
15 22.9396 1.2004 1.834000 37.18
16 16.5758 5.1257 1.487490 70.32
17 159.7987 d17
18 0.0000 3.8360 開口絞りS
19 -72.2635 1.2000 1.834810 42.73
20 32.7563 4.3411 1.497820 82.57
21 -55.5942 0.2082
22 37.2299 3.8685 1.749500 35.25
23 -97.4255 0.9285
24 29.0556 1.2430 1.834000 37.18
25 18.1863 5.7887 1.497820 82.57
26 -93.6887 d26
27 -61.0712 1.2008 1.953747 32.32
28 18.9225 5.7947 1.672700 32.18
29 -118.9626 2.9252
30 -46.6184 1.3000 1.860999 37.10
31* -43.1724 d31
32 0.0000 18.4181
33 0.0000 1.6000 1.516800 64.13
34 0.0000 1.1070
像面 ∞
[レンズ群焦点距離]
レンズ群 始面 焦点距離
第1レンズ群 1 -20.602
第2レンズ群 9 91.157
第3レンズ群 15 76.110
第4レンズ群 19 30.004
第5レンズ群 27 -45.641
(Table 37) Example 10 [Overall specifications]
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f = 14.400 ~ 18.000 ~ 20.000 ~ 23.300
FNO = 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91 ~ 2.91
2ω (°) = 114.664 ~ 99.908 ~ 93.228 ~ 83.941
Ymax = 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600 ~ 21.600
TL (air equivalent length) = 143.298 ~ 136.392 ~ 134.454 ~ 133.191
Bf (air equivalent length) = 21.176 ~ 26.098 ~ 28.849 ~ 33.508
[Lens data]
m r d nd ν d
Physical surface ∞
1 * 73.3719 3.2000 1.588870 61.13
2 * 14.5908 13.6216
3 63.8356 2.0000 1.860999 37.10
4 * 30.0096 10.9163
5 -50.1332 2.7239 1.433848 95.23
6 36.7661 5.9645 1.806100 33.34
7 -2583.8501 d7
8 0.0000 d8
9 98.9830 3.3713 1.728250 28.38
10 -69.3563 0.2000
11 45.8254 4.5650 1.698950 30.13
12 -44.1835 1.2000 1.963000 24.11
13 51.6189 d13
14 0.0000 0.0000
15 22.9396 1.2004 1.834000 37.18
16 16.5758 5.1257 1.487490 70.32
17 159.7987 d17
18 0.0000 3.8360 Aperture aperture S
19 -72.2635 1.2000 1.834810 42.73
20 32.7563 4.3411 1.497820 82.57
21 -55.5942 0.2082
22 37.2299 3.8685 1.749500 35.25
23 -97.4255 0.9285
24 29.0556 1.2430 1.834000 37.18
25 18.1863 5.7887 1.497820 82.57
26 -93.6887 d26
27 -61.0712 1.2008 1.953747 32.32
28 18.9225 5.7947 1.672700 32.18
29 -118.9626 2.9252
30 -46.6184 1.3000 1.860999 37.10
31 * -43.1724 d31
32 0.0000 18.4181
33 0.0000 1.6000 1.516800 64.13
34 0.0000 1.1070
Image plane ∞
[Lens group focal length]
Lens group Start surface Focal length 1st lens group 1 -20.602
2nd lens group 9 91.157
4th lens group 19 30.004
5th lens group 27 -45.641
この変倍光学系ZL10において、第1面、第2面、第4面及び第31面の各レンズ面は非球面形状に形成されている。次の表38に、面番号m及び非球面のデータ、すなわち円錐定数K及び各非球面定数A4〜A12の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL10, each lens surface of the first surface, the second surface, the fourth surface, and the 31st surface is formed in an aspherical shape. Table 38 below shows the data of the surface number m and the aspherical surface, that is, the values of the conical constant K and the aspherical constants A4 to A12.
(表38)
[非球面データ]
第 1面 K=1.0000
A4 =-8.22269E-06 A6 = 2.29849E-08 A8 =-3.24259E-11
A10= 2.63839E-14 A12=-1.1616E-17 A14= 2.16740E-21
第 2面 K=0.0000
A4 =-9.13167E-07 A6 =-9.42128E-09 A8 = 8.71937E-11
A10= 1.90838E-13 A12=-1.19570E-15 A14= 1.26750E-18
第 4面 K=2.0000
A4 = 4.11958E-06 A6 = 9.92408E-09 A8 = 1.20069E-11
A10=-2.46956E-13 A12= 1.41440E-15 A14=-2.30990E-18
第31面 K=1.0000
A4 = 1.54778E-05 A6 =-8.95438E-09 A8 = 3.82731E-10
A10=-2.13552E-12 A12= 4.78640E-15 A14= 0.00000E+00
(Table 38)
[Aspherical data]
First side K = 1.000
A4 = -8.22269E-06 A6 = 2.29849E-08 A8 = -3.24259E-11
A10 = 2.63839E-14 A12 = -1.1616E-17 A14 = 2.16740E-21
Second side K = 0.0000
A4 = -9.13167E-07 A6 = -9.42128E-09 A8 = 8.71937E-11
A10 = 1.90838E-13 A12 = -1.19570E-15 A14 = 1.26750E-18
Side 4 K = 2.000
A4 = 4.11958E-06 A6 = 9.92408E-09 A8 = 1.20069E-11
A10 = -2.46956E-13 A12 = 1.41440E-15 A14 = -2.30990E-18
Side 31 K = 1.000
A4 = 1.54778E-05 A6 = -8.95438E-09 A8 = 3.82731E-10
A10 = -2.13552E-12 A12 = 4.78640E-15 A14 = 0.00000E + 00
この変倍光学系ZL10において、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との軸上空気間隔d7及びd8、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との軸上空気間隔d13、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との軸上空気間隔d17、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との軸上空気間隔d26、及び、第5レンズ群G5とフィルターFLとの軸上空気間隔d31は、変倍及び合焦に際して変化する。次の表39に、無限遠物体合焦時、近距離物体合焦時及び最至近物体合焦時のそれぞれにおける広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、及び望遠端状態の各焦点距離おける可変間隔の値を示す。 In this variable magnification optical system ZL10, the axial air spacing d7 and d8 between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2, and the axial air spacing d13 and the third between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3. The axial air gap d17 between the lens group G3 and the 4th lens group G4, the axial air gap d26 between the 4th lens group G4 and the 5th lens group G5, and the axial air gap d26 between the 5th lens group G5 and the filter FL. The air spacing d31 changes upon scaling and focusing. Table 39 below shows the variable intervals at each focal length in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state at the time of focusing on an infinity object, focusing on a short-range object, and focusing on the closest object, respectively. Indicates a value.
(表39)
[可変間隔データ]
−無限遠物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d7 22.3946 11.1020 6.8926 1.5000
d8 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d13 5.3794 5.6650 5.5441 5.7924
d17 4.7709 3.2409 2.6170 1.4986
d26 2.8531 3.5619 3.8286 4.1689
d31 0.5000 5.5016 8.0722 12.9278
−近距離物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 545.2923 690.1690 770.5760 903.1960
d7 22.3946 11.1020 6.8926 1.5000
d8 0.8103 0.7197 0.6824 0.6343
d13 4.5692 4.9453 4.8617 5.1581
d17 4.7709 3.2409 2.6170 1.4986
d26 2.8531 3.5619 3.8286 4.1689
d31 0.5000 5.5016 8.0722 12.9278
−最至近物体合焦時−
広角端状態 中間焦点距離状態 望遠端状態
β -0.094 -0.112 -0.124 -0.144
d0 130.1097 137.0620 138.9961 140.1704
d7 22.3946 11.1020 6.8926 1.5000
d8 2.6235 2.9752 3.0674 3.3170
d13 2.7248 2.6934 2.4623 2.5422
d17 4.7709 3.2409 2.6170 1.4986
d26 2.8531 3.5619 3.8286 4.1689
d31 0.5000 5.5016 8.0722 12.9278
(Table 39)
[Variable interval data]
-When focusing on an infinite object-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state f 14.400 18.000 20.000 23.300
d0 ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
d7 22.3946 11.1020 6.8926 1.5000
d8 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
d13 5.3794 5.6650 5.5441 5.7924
d17 4.7709 3.2409 2.6170 1.4986
d26 2.8531 3.5619 3.8286 4.1689
d31 0.5000 5.5016 8.0722 12.9278
-When focusing on short-range objects-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.025 -0.025 -0.025 -0.025
d0 545.2923 690.1690 770.5760 903.1960
d7 22.3946 11.1020 6.8926 1.5000
d8 0.8103 0.7197 0.6824 0.6343
d13 4.5692 4.9453 4.8617 5.1581
d17 4.7709 3.2409 2.6170 1.4986
d26 2.8531 3.5619 3.8286 4.1689
d31 0.5000 5.5016 8.0722 12.9278
-When the closest object is in focus-
Wide-angle end state Intermediate focal length state Telephoto end state β -0.094 -0.112 -0.124 -0.144
d0 130.1097 137.0620 138.9961 140.1704
d7 22.3946 11.1020 6.8926 1.5000
d8 2.6235 2.9752 3.0674 3.3170
d13 2.7248 2.6934 2.4623 2.5422
d17 4.7709 3.2409 2.6170 1.4986
d26 2.8531 3.5619 3.8286 4.1689
d31 0.5000 5.5016 8.0722 12.9278
次の表40に、変倍光学系ZL10における各条件式対応値を示す。なお、この変倍光学系ZL10において、特定負レンズは、両凹負レンズL13であり、特定レンズは、両凸正レンズL42及び両凸正レンズL45である。 Table 40 below shows the values corresponding to each conditional expression in the variable magnification optical system ZL10. In the variable magnification optical system ZL10, the specific negative lens is the biconcave negative lens L13, and the specific lenses are the biconvex positive lens L42 and the biconvex positive lens L45.
(表36)
Σν1n=193.46
Σ(ν1n×f1n)=-9050.378
STLw=86.634
fL1=-31.560
fL2=-67.630
[条件式対応値]
(1)ν1n=95.23
(2)nL2/nL1=1.171
(3)N1n=3
(4)2ωw=114.664°
(5)nL1=1.589
(6)fw×(−f1)/Fnow=101.938mm2
(7)(L1r2+L1r1)/(L1r2−L1r1)=-1.496
(8)(Σν1n)/N1n=64.487
(9)(Σ(ν1n×f1n))/(N1n×f1)=146.446
(10)Bfw/fw=1.471
(11)STLw/TLw=0.605
(12)(−f1)/fw=1.431
(13)(−f1)/ft=0.884
(14)fL1/f1=1.532
(15)fL2/f1=3.283
(16)TLw/Bfw=6.767
(17)(L2r2+L2r1)/(L2r2−L2r1)=-2.774
(18)(L3r2+L3r1)/(L3r2−L3r1)=-0.154
(19)νr=82.57
(20)Fnow=2.91
(21)Fnot=2.91
(Table 36)
Σν1n = 193.46
Σ (ν1n × f1n) =-9050.378
STLw = 86.634
fL1 = -31.560
fL2 = -67.630
[Conditional expression correspondence value]
(1) ν1n = 95.23
(2) nL2 / nL1 = 1.171
(3) N1n = 3
(4) 2ωw = 114.664 °
(5) nL1 = 1.589
(6) fw × (−f1) / Fnow = 101.938mm 2
(7) (L1r2 + L1r1) / (L1r2-L1r1) = -1.496
(8) (Σν1n) / N1n = 64.487
(9) (Σ (ν1n × f1n)) / (N1n × f1) = 146.446
(10) Bfw / fw = 1.471
(11) STLw / TLw = 0.605
(12) (-f1) / fw = 1.431
(13) (-f1) / ft = 0.884
(14) fL1 / f1 = 1.532
(15) fL2 / f1 = 3.283
(16) TLw / Bfw = 6.767
(17) (L2r2 + L2r1) / (L2r2-L2r1) = -2.774
(18) (L3r2 + L3r1) / (L3r2-L3r1) =-0.154
(19) νr = 82.57
(20) Fnow = 2.91
(21) Fnot = 2.91
このように、変倍光学系ZL10は、上記条件式(1)〜(21)を全て満足している。 As described above, the variable magnification optical system ZL10 satisfies all of the above conditional expressions (1) to (21).
この変倍光学系ZL10の無限遠物体合焦時の広角端状態及び望遠端状態における諸収差図を図20に示す。これらの諸収差図より、この変倍光学系ZL10は、広角端状態から望遠端状態にわたって諸収差を良好に補正し優れた結像性能を有していることがわかる。 FIG. 20 shows various aberration diagrams in the wide-angle end state and the telephoto end state when the variable magnification optical system ZL10 is in focus at an infinity object. From these various aberration diagrams, it can be seen that the variable magnification optical system ZL10 satisfactorily corrects various aberrations from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state and has excellent imaging performance.
1 カメラ(光学機器) ZL(ZL1〜ZL10) 変倍光学系
G1 第1レンズ群 G2 第2レンズ群 G3 第3レンズ群
1 Camera (optical equipment) ZL (ZL1 to ZL10) Variable magnification optical system G1 1st lens group G2 2nd lens group G3 3rd lens group
Claims (22)
負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、
正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、
正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、を有し、
変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、
広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、前記第1レンズ群と前記第2レンズ群との間隔が減少し、
無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、前記第2レンズ群が像側に移動し、
前記第1レンズ群は、最も物体側に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズを有し、
次式の条件を満足する変倍光学系。
N1n ≦ 3
100.00° < 2ωw
但し、
N1n:前記第1レンズ群に含まれる負レンズの枚数
2ωw:前記変倍光学系の広角端状態における全画角 From the object side,
The first lens group with negative refractive power and
A second lens group with positive refractive power,
It has a third lens group having a positive refractive power, and
When changing the magnification, the distance between adjacent lens groups changes,
When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group decreases,
When focusing from an infinite object to a short-distance object, the second lens group moves to the image side,
The first lens group has a negative meniscus lens with a convex surface facing the object side on the most object side.
A variable magnification optical system that satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
N1n ≤ 3
100.00 ° <2ωw
However,
N1n: Number of negative lenses included in the first lens group 2ωw: Total angle of view of the variable magnification optical system at the wide-angle end state
負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、
正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、
正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、を有し、
変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、
広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、前記第1レンズ群と前記第2レンズ群との間隔が減少し、
無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、前記第2レンズ群が像側に移動し、
前記第1レンズ群は、最も物体側に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズを有し、
次式の条件を満足する変倍光学系。
nL1 < 1.70
但し、
nL1:前記第1レンズ群の最も物体側のレンズの媒質のd線に対する屈折率 From the object side,
The first lens group with negative refractive power and
A second lens group with positive refractive power,
It has a third lens group having a positive refractive power, and
When changing the magnification, the distance between adjacent lens groups changes,
When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group decreases,
When focusing from an infinite object to a short-distance object, the second lens group moves to the image side,
The first lens group has a negative meniscus lens with a convex surface facing the object side on the most object side.
A variable magnification optical system that satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
nL1 <1.70
However,
nL1: Refractive index of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group with respect to the d line of the medium.
負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、
正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、
正の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、を有し、
変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、
広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、前記第1レンズ群と前記第2レンズ群との間隔が減少し、
無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、前記第2レンズ群が像側に移動し、
前記第1レンズ群は、最も物体側に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズを有し、
次式の条件を満足する変倍光学系。
59.00 < (Σν1n)/N1n
N1n ≦ 3
但し、
N1n:前記第1レンズ群に含まれる負レンズの枚数
Σν1n:前記第1レンズ群に含まれる負レンズの媒質のd線に対するアッベ数の合計 From the object side,
The first lens group with negative refractive power and
A second lens group with positive refractive power,
It has a third lens group having a positive refractive power, and
When changing the magnification, the distance between adjacent lens groups changes,
When scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group decreases,
When focusing from an infinite object to a short-distance object, the second lens group moves to the image side,
The first lens group has a negative meniscus lens with a convex surface facing the object side on the most object side.
A variable magnification optical system that satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
59.00 <(Σν1n) / N1n
N1n ≤ 3
However,
N1n: Number of negative lenses included in the first lens group Σν1n: Abbe number of negative lenses included in the first lens group with respect to the d-line of the medium
100.00 < (Σ(ν1n×f1n))/(N1n×f1)
但し、
N1n:前記第1レンズ群に含まれる負レンズの枚数
f1:前記第1レンズ群の焦点距離
Σ(ν1n×f1n):前記第1レンズ群に含まれる負レンズの媒質のd線に対するアッベ数ν1nと焦点距離f1nとの積の総和 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
100.00 <(Σ (ν1n × f1n)) / (N1n × f1)
However,
N1n: Number of negative lenses included in the first lens group f1: Focal length Σ (ν1n × f1n) of the first lens group: Abbe number ν1n with respect to d-line of the medium of the negative lens included in the first lens group Sum of the products of and the focal length f1n
1.20 < Bfw/fw < 4.00
但し、
fw:前記変倍光学系の広角端状態における焦点距離
Bfw:前記変倍光学系の広角端状態におけるバックフォーカス The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
1.20 <Bfw / fw <4.00
However,
fw: Focal length in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system Bfw: Back focus in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system
0.40 < STLw/TLw < 0.70
但し、
TLw:前記変倍光学系の広角端状態における光学全長
STLw:前記変倍光学系の広角端状態における最も物体側のレンズ面から絞り面までの光軸上の距離 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 5, which satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
0.40 <STRw / TLw <0.70
However,
TLw: Total optical length of the variable magnification optical system in the wide-angle end state STRw: Distance on the optical axis from the lens surface to the aperture surface on the most object side in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system
1.00 < (−f1)/fw < 2.00
但し、
fw:前記変倍光学系の広角端状態における焦点距離
f1:前記第1レンズ群の焦点距離 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 6, which satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
1.00 <(-f1) / fw <2.00
However,
fw: Focal length in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system f1: Focal length of the first lens group
0.65 < (−f1)/ft < 1.20
但し、
ft:前記変倍光学系の望遠端状態における焦点距離
f1:前記第1レンズ群の焦点距離 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
0.65 <(-f1) / ft <1.20
However,
ft: Focal length in the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system f1: Focal length of the first lens group
1.00 < fL1/f1 < 2.00
但し、
f1:前記第1レンズ群の焦点距離
fL1:前記第1レンズ群の最も物体側のレンズの焦点距離 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
1.00 <fL1 / f1 <2.00
However,
f1: Focal length of the first lens group fL1: Focal length of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group
1.00 < fL2/f1 < 4.00
但し、
f1:前記第1レンズ群の焦点距離
fL2:前記第1レンズ群の物体側から2番目のレンズの焦点距離 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 9, which satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
1.00 <fL2 / f1 <4.00
However,
f1: Focal length of the first lens group fL2: Focal length of the second lens from the object side of the first lens group
3.50 < TLw/Bfw < 8.00
但し、
Bfw:前記変倍光学系の広角端状態におけるバックフォーカス
TLw:前記変倍光学系の広角端状態における光学全長 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 10, which satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
3.50 <TLw / Bfw <8.00
However,
Bfw: Back focus of the variable magnification optical system in the wide-angle end state TLw: Optical total length of the variable magnification optical system in the wide-angle end state
−4.00<(L1r2+L1r1)/(L1r2−L1r1)<−0.50
但し、
L1r1:前記第1レンズ群の最も物体側のレンズの物体側のレンズ面の曲率半径
L1r2:前記第1レンズ群の最も物体側のレンズの像側のレンズ面の曲率半径 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 11, which satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
-4.00 <(L1r2 + L1r1) / (L1r2-L1r1) <-0.50
However,
L1r1: Radius of curvature of the lens surface on the object side of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group L1r2: Radius of curvature of the lens surface on the image side of the lens on the most object side of the first lens group
次式の条件を満足する請求項1〜12のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。
−4.00<(L2r2+L2r1)/(L2r2−L2r1)<−0.50
但し、
L2r1:前記第1レンズ群の物体側から2番目のレンズの物体側のレンズ面の曲率半径
L2r2:前記第1レンズ群の物体側から2番目のレンズの像側のレンズ面の曲率半径 The first lens group has at least two lenses.
The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 12, which satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
-4.00 <(L2r2 + L2r1) / (L2r2-L2r1) <-0.50
However,
L2r1: Radius of curvature of the lens surface of the second lens from the object side of the first lens group on the object side L2r2: Radius of curvature of the lens surface on the image side of the second lens from the object side of the first lens group
次式の条件を満足する請求項1〜13のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。
−0.80<(L3r2+L3r1)/(L3r2−L3r1)<0.80
但し、
L3r1:前記第1レンズ群の物体側から3番目のレンズの物体側のレンズ面の曲率半径
L3r2:前記第1レンズ群の物体側から3番目のレンズの像側のレンズ面の曲率半径 The first lens group has at least three lenses.
The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 13, which satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
−0.80 <(L3r2 + L3r1) / (L3r2-L3r1) <0.80
However,
L3r1: Radius of curvature of the lens surface of the third lens from the object side of the first lens group on the object side L3r2: Radius of curvature of the lens surface on the image side of the third lens from the object side of the first lens group
請求項1〜14のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the first lens group moves in the optical axis direction at the time of scaling.
請求項1〜15のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the first lens group is composed of a negative lens, a negative lens, a negative lens, and a positive lens in order from the object side.
請求項1〜16のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 16, which has at least one lens group on the image side of the third lens group.
Fnow < 4.20
但し、
Fnow:前記変倍光学系の広角端状態における無限遠合焦状態での開放Fナンバー The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 17, which satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
Fnow <4.20
However,
Fnow: Open F number in the infinity focusing state in the wide-angle end state of the variable magnification optical system
Fnot < 6.00
但し、
Fnot:前記変倍光学系の望遠端状態における無限遠合焦状態での開放Fナンバー The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 18, which satisfies the conditions of the following equation.
Fnot <6.00
However,
Fnot: Open F number in the infinity in-focus state in the telephoto end state of the variable magnification optical system.
請求項1〜19のいずれか一項に記載の変倍光学系。 The variable magnification optical system according to any one of claims 1 to 19, which has a filter on the object side of the first lens group.
変倍に際し、隣り合う各レンズ群の間隔が変化し、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍に際し、前記第1レンズ群と前記第2レンズ群との間隔が減少するように配置し、
無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦に際し、前記第2レンズ群が像側に移動するように配置し、
前記第1レンズ群の最も物体側に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズを配置し、
次式の条件を満足するように配置する変倍光学系の製造方法。
N1n ≦ 3
100.00° < 2ωw
但し、
N1n:前記第1レンズ群に含まれる負レンズの枚数
2ωw:前記変倍光学系の広角端状態における全画角 A method for manufacturing a variable magnification optical system having a first lens group having a negative refractive power, a second lens group having a positive refractive power, and a third lens group having a positive refractive power in order from the object side. And
At the time of scaling, the distance between adjacent lens groups changes, and at the time of scaling from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group is reduced.
When focusing from an infinite object to a short-distance object, the second lens group is arranged so as to move toward the image side.
A negative meniscus lens with a convex surface facing the object side is arranged on the most object side of the first lens group.
A method for manufacturing a variable magnification optical system that is arranged so as to satisfy the conditions of the following equation.
N1n ≤ 3
100.00 ° <2ωw
However,
N1n: Number of negative lenses included in the first lens group 2ωw: Total angle of view of the variable magnification optical system at the wide-angle end state
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2019030152A JP7256957B2 (en) | 2019-02-22 | 2019-02-22 | Variable magnification optical system and optical equipment |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2019030152A JP7256957B2 (en) | 2019-02-22 | 2019-02-22 | Variable magnification optical system and optical equipment |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
JP2020134806A true JP2020134806A (en) | 2020-08-31 |
JP7256957B2 JP7256957B2 (en) | 2023-04-13 |
Family
ID=72278588
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
JP2019030152A Active JP7256957B2 (en) | 2019-02-22 | 2019-02-22 | Variable magnification optical system and optical equipment |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP7256957B2 (en) |
Citations (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH08248312A (en) * | 1995-03-08 | 1996-09-27 | Nikon Corp | Zoom lens |
JP2004085600A (en) * | 2002-08-22 | 2004-03-18 | Pentax Corp | Wide angle zoom lens system |
JP2010204647A (en) * | 2009-02-03 | 2010-09-16 | Hoya Corp | Wide-angle zoom lens system |
JP2013050674A (en) * | 2011-08-31 | 2013-03-14 | Olympus Imaging Corp | Standard lens |
JP2015206976A (en) * | 2014-04-23 | 2015-11-19 | キヤノン株式会社 | Zoom lens and image capturing device having the same |
WO2016121966A1 (en) * | 2015-01-30 | 2016-08-04 | 株式会社ニコン | Variable magnification optical system, optical instrument and method of manufacturing variable magnification optical system |
JP2017122745A (en) * | 2014-05-19 | 2017-07-13 | オリンパス株式会社 | Zoom lens and imaging device including the same |
JP2017129825A (en) * | 2016-01-22 | 2017-07-27 | 株式会社タムロン | Zoom lens and image capturing device |
JP2017187595A (en) * | 2016-04-05 | 2017-10-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | Zoom lens and image capturing device having the same |
JP2018013685A (en) * | 2016-07-22 | 2018-01-25 | キヤノン株式会社 | Zoom lens and imaging apparatus having the same |
JP2018077320A (en) * | 2016-11-09 | 2018-05-17 | キヤノン株式会社 | Zoom lens and imaging apparatus having the same |
JP2018087903A (en) * | 2016-11-29 | 2018-06-07 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Zoom lens, imaging optical device and digital equipment |
WO2018139160A1 (en) * | 2017-01-25 | 2018-08-02 | ソニー株式会社 | Zoom lens and imaging device |
JP2019174714A (en) * | 2018-03-29 | 2019-10-10 | オリンパス株式会社 | Zoom lens and image capturing device having the same |
JP2020056963A (en) * | 2018-10-04 | 2020-04-09 | キヤノン株式会社 | Zoom lens and optical instrument having the same |
JP2020091436A (en) * | 2018-12-07 | 2020-06-11 | キヤノン株式会社 | Zoom lens and image capturing device having the same |
JP2020134684A (en) * | 2019-02-19 | 2020-08-31 | 株式会社タムロン | Zoom lens and imaging apparatus |
-
2019
- 2019-02-22 JP JP2019030152A patent/JP7256957B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH08248312A (en) * | 1995-03-08 | 1996-09-27 | Nikon Corp | Zoom lens |
JP2004085600A (en) * | 2002-08-22 | 2004-03-18 | Pentax Corp | Wide angle zoom lens system |
JP2010204647A (en) * | 2009-02-03 | 2010-09-16 | Hoya Corp | Wide-angle zoom lens system |
JP2013050674A (en) * | 2011-08-31 | 2013-03-14 | Olympus Imaging Corp | Standard lens |
JP2015206976A (en) * | 2014-04-23 | 2015-11-19 | キヤノン株式会社 | Zoom lens and image capturing device having the same |
JP2017122745A (en) * | 2014-05-19 | 2017-07-13 | オリンパス株式会社 | Zoom lens and imaging device including the same |
WO2016121966A1 (en) * | 2015-01-30 | 2016-08-04 | 株式会社ニコン | Variable magnification optical system, optical instrument and method of manufacturing variable magnification optical system |
JP2017129825A (en) * | 2016-01-22 | 2017-07-27 | 株式会社タムロン | Zoom lens and image capturing device |
JP2017187595A (en) * | 2016-04-05 | 2017-10-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | Zoom lens and image capturing device having the same |
JP2018013685A (en) * | 2016-07-22 | 2018-01-25 | キヤノン株式会社 | Zoom lens and imaging apparatus having the same |
JP2018077320A (en) * | 2016-11-09 | 2018-05-17 | キヤノン株式会社 | Zoom lens and imaging apparatus having the same |
JP2018087903A (en) * | 2016-11-29 | 2018-06-07 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Zoom lens, imaging optical device and digital equipment |
WO2018139160A1 (en) * | 2017-01-25 | 2018-08-02 | ソニー株式会社 | Zoom lens and imaging device |
JP2019174714A (en) * | 2018-03-29 | 2019-10-10 | オリンパス株式会社 | Zoom lens and image capturing device having the same |
JP2020056963A (en) * | 2018-10-04 | 2020-04-09 | キヤノン株式会社 | Zoom lens and optical instrument having the same |
JP2020091436A (en) * | 2018-12-07 | 2020-06-11 | キヤノン株式会社 | Zoom lens and image capturing device having the same |
JP2020134684A (en) * | 2019-02-19 | 2020-08-31 | 株式会社タムロン | Zoom lens and imaging apparatus |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP7256957B2 (en) | 2023-04-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CN111880295B (en) | Variable magnification optical system and optical apparatus | |
JP7006814B2 (en) | Variable magnification optics and optical equipment | |
JP6857305B2 (en) | Variable magnification optics and optical equipment | |
JP7491430B2 (en) | Variable magnification optical system and optical equipment | |
WO2021220579A1 (en) | Optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing optical system | |
JP2021105746A (en) | Optical system and optical apparatus | |
US20240255740A1 (en) | Magnification-variable optical system, optical apparatus, and method for manufacturing magnification-variable optical system | |
JP2022036249A (en) | Zoom optical system and optical device | |
WO2021039812A1 (en) | Optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing optical system, and variable power optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing variable power optical system | |
WO2019229817A1 (en) | Optical system, optical apparatus, and method for manufacturing optical system | |
WO2021039815A1 (en) | Optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing optical system | |
JP6281200B2 (en) | Variable magnification optical system and optical apparatus | |
JP7261388B2 (en) | Variable magnification optical system and optical equipment | |
JP7256957B2 (en) | Variable magnification optical system and optical equipment | |
JPWO2020157905A1 (en) | Manufacturing method of variable magnification optical system, optical equipment and variable magnification optical system | |
JP6281199B2 (en) | Variable magnification optical system, optical apparatus, and variable magnification optical system manufacturing method | |
WO2022137820A1 (en) | Variable-magnification optical system, optical instrument, and method for manufacturing variable-magnification optical system | |
WO2024034428A1 (en) | Optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing optical system | |
WO2023181903A1 (en) | Variable magnification optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing variable magnification optical system | |
JP6970903B2 (en) | Variable magnification optical system and optical equipment | |
WO2023090050A1 (en) | Optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing optical system | |
WO2024157667A1 (en) | Variable magnification optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing variable magnification optical system | |
JP6497597B2 (en) | Magnification optical system and optical equipment | |
JP6784951B2 (en) | Optical system and optical equipment | |
JP2022028060A (en) | Zoom optical system and optical device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
A621 | Written request for application examination |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621 Effective date: 20211206 |
|
A977 | Report on retrieval |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007 Effective date: 20220906 |
|
A131 | Notification of reasons for refusal |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131 Effective date: 20220915 |
|
A521 | Request for written amendment filed |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523 Effective date: 20221104 |
|
A131 | Notification of reasons for refusal |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131 Effective date: 20221221 |
|
A521 | Request for written amendment filed |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523 Effective date: 20230202 |
|
TRDD | Decision of grant or rejection written | ||
A01 | Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model) |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01 Effective date: 20230302 |
|
A61 | First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure) |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61 Effective date: 20230315 |
|
R150 | Certificate of patent or registration of utility model |
Ref document number: 7256957 Country of ref document: JP Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150 |